CN105765615B

CN105765615B - Communication equipment

Info

Publication number: CN105765615B
Application number: CN201480061404.XA
Authority: CN
Inventors: L·F·格拉泽
Original assignee: Individual
Current assignee: Individual
Priority date: 2013-09-09
Filing date: 2014-03-08
Publication date: 2019-09-17
Anticipated expiration: 2034-03-08
Also published as: CN105765615A

Abstract

The present invention provides a kind of communication equipments, including the first main surface, on the first major surface include display unit and mixing array.Mixing array include at least two different types of array elements and occupying meet with it is vertical with main surface from the point of view of depression angle, least substantially at the region vertical with entire main surface.Mixing array includes being located at the transmitting of at least one of pixel stacking or transmission element and at least one input or receiving element.

Description

Communication equipment

Cross reference to related applications

This application claims benefit from submit on September 7th, 2012 application No. is 61/698,529 U.S. Provisional Application and Submit on September 9th, 2013 application No. is 14/021.772 U.S. Patent application, the full content of these U. S. applications passes through It is incorporated herein by reference.

Technical field

The art is related to electronic equipment, in particular to identified, Secure Transaction and other are user oriented The portable electronic device of service.

Background technique

Magnetic card has many purposes.Example includes credit card, debit card, medical insurance card, drug Payment Card, health care service Card, stored value card, identity card, pass etc..Many this kind of cards have the information that is stored in magnetic stripe, for POS (Point Of Sale, point of sale) system communicated.

Meanwhile portable user such as smart phone and wireless computer, provide a user various letters Breath and communication performance.Certain portable users are expanded by allowing for example to modify to the information in the magnetic stripe of each card The purposes of magnetic card.Come to carry out interface connection with magnetic stripe reader by using card slot there are also some mobile devices.In addition, having one A little card reader are completely in the inside of the safe shop front, such as generally in ATM, (automated teller machine receives and pays out automatically Machine) card reader encountered.

Summary of the invention

In the first aspect of the present invention, communication device includes first main surface with display unit and the first mixing array, First mixing array includes at least two different types of array elements.First mixing array occupy meet with from the point of view of depression angle with First main surface is vertical, least substantially at the region vertical with entire first main surface.In the context of the present invention, phrase " least substantially at " can refer in one embodiment with limited as manufacturing capacity and caused by flat plate margin entire the One main surface, or can refer to the signal portion of the first main surface in another embodiment, such as at least 90% main surface.? In another embodiment, term " least substantially at " also may include only because manufacturing capacity it is limited and caused by one On direction from first edge to second edge, and on the second direction perpendicular to the direction from third edge to the 4th edge Spacing distance, and include the major part of the first main surface, such as at least 90% the first main surface.Therefore, term is " at least substantive On " no some applications should be read as utilize a part of the invention on a surface, rather than the introduction of whole surface Limitation.

The second aspect of the invention is the communication means between the first and second communication equipments.Each communication equipment packet Include: the first main surface, including display unit and mixing array, mixing array include at least two different array elements, occupy symbol Close with it is vertical with the first main surface from the point of view of depression angle, least substantially at the region vertical with entire first main surface.Each first is main Surface includes at least one light emitting pixel and a luminous detection pixel, be provided as with perpendicular to each first main surface The opposite each angle of line shines and detection shines.Each communication equipment further includes at least one controllable magnetic element.This method packet It includes and allows the secondary communication device magnetic float on first communication device, so that the first and second communication devices substantially exist It is in alignment with each other, at least one controllable magnetic element is controlled to adjust the Angle Position of the secondary communication device and make when vertical view At least one detection pixel that shines of at least one light emitting pixel and the second communication equipment for obtaining the first communication equipment is substantially right Together, detection pixel detection the shining from least one light emitting pixel so that at least one shines, and at least one being aligned The detection pixel that shines detects the luminous communication data from least one light emitting pixel.

The third aspect of the invention is a kind of authentication method, and communication equipment used in this method includes: main surface, shows Show that portion and mixing array, mixing array include at least two different array elements, each mixing array, which occupies, to be met With it is vertical with main surface from the point of view of depression angle, least substantially at the region vertical with entire main surface.This method includes using at least Two different array elements are united to detect the biology of at least two types from one adjacent with main surface independent target Feature is counted, to generate the biometric data relative to two characteristic types, by the biometrics of generated data and storage Data are compared, and are confirmed whether to authenticate successfully based on the comparison.

The fourth aspect of the present invention is the method for executing transaction using communication equipment, and communication equipment includes: main surface, main table Face includes display unit and mixing array, and mixing array includes at least two different array elements, and each mixing array accounts for Have meet with it is vertical with main surface from the point of view of depression angle, least substantially at the region vertical with entire main surface.This method comprises: making It is scanned with two different array elements at least one, at least one article to be purchased, creation includes knowing It is not scanned the list of the data of article not each, sends the list to remote computer, based in list using communication equipment Each article complete transaction, wherein based on remote computer in list each article execute optimum value search and Retrieval adjustment transaction amount.

Detailed description of the invention

Fig. 1 is the schematic diagram of the communication system of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of the card system of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 3 A- Fig. 3 C respectively illustrates perspective view, plan view and the side of the card of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention View.

Fig. 4 A- Fig. 4 D is the schematic diagram for showing illustrative pixel array and pixel elements.

Fig. 5 is the sectional view for splitting the card in Fig. 3 B along line 5-5.

Fig. 6 is the schematic diagram of the substrate of the card of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention in Fig. 5.

Fig. 7 A and Fig. 7 B are the figures of a part of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.Fig. 7 A is the one of card Partial plan view.Fig. 7 B is the sectional view along a part of the card splitted of the line 7B-7B in Fig. 7 A.

Fig. 8 A and Fig. 8 B are the figures of a part of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.Fig. 8 A is the one of card Partial plan view.Fig. 8 B is the sectional view along a part of the card splitted of the line 8B-8B in Fig. 8 A.

Fig. 9 A to Fig. 9 E is the perspective view for showing the pixel of an exemplary embodiment of the present invention and stacking.

Figure 10 A to Figure 10 C is that the palm card of permission one for the exemplary embodiment for showing card is suspended in separately by magnetic element The structure of one card.Figure 10 A be include inserted magnetic element card top view.Figure 10 B is the side of the first card and the second card View, wherein the second card magnetic float is on the first card.Figure 10 C is the side view of the first card and the second card in Figure 10 B, is shown Go out the first card to control a part of the second card.

Figure 11 A and 11B are the schematic diagrames of the card bearing bracket of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention.Figure 11 A is supported The card of multiple horizontal directions, Figure 11 B support the card of multiple vertical direction.

Figure 12 A to figure 12 C is the schematic diagram of the portable bracket of swiping the card of one exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 13 is the schematic diagram of conventional or previous card reader or credit/debit card processor.

Figure 14 is the schematic diagram of point of sale (POS) card reader of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 15 A to Figure 15 C is to show to configure together with previous card reader and use illustrative conversion skill of the invention The schematic diagram of the card reader of art.

Figure 16 A to Figure 16 E is the schematic diagram of the line of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.Figure 16 A is connection To the schematic diagram of the line of communication equipment.Figure 16 B is the side view for showing the details of the line in Figure 16 A.Figure 16 C is to show figure The front view on the head of the line in 16A and Figure 16 B.Figure 16 D is another line of an exemplary embodiment of the present invention Side view.Figure 16 E is the front view or rearview of another line of an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 17 A and Figure 17 B are the schematic diagrames for showing conventional or previous card.Figure 17 C is shown conventional or previous card It is cloned into the schematic diagram of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 18 A is the schematic diagram that two cards are shown with different pixel densities.Figure 18 B is the design iteration shown through card Keep the schematic diagram of the pixel distribution of the communication of back compatible.Figure 18 C is to show an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention The various sizes of card of overlapping schematic diagram.

Figure 19 is to show between the card on the bracket of depressed place or be related to the timing diagram of the data transmission of external POS terminal.

Figure 20 is the top view of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 21 is the stylized figure of the pixel activation zone of the card in Figure 20, shows an exemplary embodiment of the present invention Pixel braking area data flow progress.

Figure 22 is the previous magnetic stripe module for blocking in control figure 20, so that card is according to exemplary according to one of invention Embodiment and previous reader contact.

Figure 23 be previous magnetic stripe module in Figure 22 to the card in Figure 20 according to an exemplary implementation according to invention The treatment process figure that example is controlled.

Figure 24 is the plan view for showing the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention, is shown in imaginary line RFID module.

Figure 25 is the sectional view for splitting a part of the card in Figure 24 along line 25-25.

Figure 26 is the top view of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention, has RFID mould on the substrate of card The component of block.

Figure 27 is the sectional view for splitting a part of the card in Figure 26 along line 27-27.

Figure 28 is the top view of the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention, has multiple RFID receivers.

Figure 29 be include bowing for the place of local RFID transmitter and receiver to contribute to RFID localization ability View.

Figure 30 is the place interface module for that will block the place for being applied to an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention Schematic diagram.

Figure 31 is the treatment process figure of the place interface module of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 32 is the schematic diagram of the RFID antenna layer on the card of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 33 is to apply a part in the place of RFID technique of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention to show It is intended to.

Figure 34 is the top view of the pad of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 35 is side view of the pad in Figure 34 along line 35-35.

Figure 36 is the covering of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention and the perspective view of pad.

Figure 37 is the view that the hand of a user exemplary embodiment according to the present invention is held with static gesture.

Figure 38 is the view that the hand of a user exemplary embodiment according to the present invention is held with static gesture.

Figure 39 is the view that the hand of a user exemplary embodiment according to the present invention is held with static gesture.

Figure 40 is the gesture for realizing the static gesture in Figure 37-39 of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention Module.

Figure 41 is the treatment process figure of the gesture module of the exemplary embodiment according to the present invention in Figure 40.

Figure 42 is the plan view for multiple cards being arranged side by side.

Figure 43 is the square especially shown for creating multiple cards using an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention The schematic diagram of battle array display module.

Figure 44 is at the matrix display of the matrix display module of the exemplary embodiment according to the present invention in Figure 43 The procedure chart of reason.

Figure 45 is the user's identification and control module of an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention.

Figure 46 is that the user of the exemplary embodiment according to the present invention in Figure 45 identifies the user with control module Identify the procedure chart of processing.

Figure 47 be include an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention security system place schematic diagram.

Specific embodiment

Applicants have appreciated that it is portable to provide smart phone and wireless computer of various information and communication performance etc. Many performances of formula user equipment, can be also related to the activity of user equipment such as magnetic card or smart card and magnetic reader It is closely related.

In one embodiment according to the application, a kind of system is disclosed, which includes the nothing of card Yu mobile platform Seam combines, and to provide the user with portable device that be connected to the network safety, real, which is capable of providing verifying letter It ceases and is interacted with market and its associated environment.

This application provides a kind of mobile computing machine platform, the mobile computing machine platform is by with can be with embedded tradition The mode of reader transaction comes mock standard credit card or bank card, is able to carry out Secure Transaction, and above-mentioned embedded tradition is read Device is, for example, that embedded conventional reader those of is used inside at POS or physically safe machine, is physically pacified Full machine is, for example, ATM.Therefore, it may include conventional card readers and be set in ATM machine according to the application of the card of the application Reader, as handling bank card.

Electronic equipment is accompanied by the cost of the resistance decline to environmental factor, and environmental factor is, for example, impact and moisture. Conventional plastic card with magnetic stripe shows the magnetic strip material vulnerable to its exposure in a manner of directly damaging or magnetic induction damages Influence.In contrast, embodiments herein provides a kind of card, this, which is stuck in, has powerful resistance to this kind of environmental factor While, there is the selection performance to electronic equipment and conventional plastic card.

Light, sensing light can be issued according to the card of the application and are collected with the card least substantially at entire major planar surface On the relevant information of light that is sensed；It is, the substantial portion of the main surface in its entire scope.In the context of the application In, word " least substantially at " can mean entire first main surface with flat plate margin, the edge in one embodiment Surplus is limited by manufacturing property or word " least substantially at " can mean first main surface in another embodiment Greatly, for example, at least 90% main surface.In yet another embodiment, term " least substantially at " can also be included in It is only limitted to manufacturing property on one direction and extends to second edge from first edge, and vertical with a direction second The spacing distance left on direction from third edge and the 4th edge, while including most of first main surface, for example, at least 90% the first main surface.Therefore, term " least substantially at " should be understood to that certain applications can be by this Shen without restriction Introduction please is used on a part of surface rather than whole surface.Sound can be used as the energy, can above-mentioned card at least It is issued and/or is collected on one surface.In certain embodiments, the entire main surfaces of one or more of card can issue and Sense the energy, such as one or more light, sound, the tactile energy, and feedback (such as sense of touch).By by the (more of above-mentioned card It is a) magnetic, optical and/or the sense of hearing output in main surface and input in these similar faces magnetic input and magnetic export Performance combines, and is able to carry out scanning according to the card of the application and carries out dynamic interaction, the input of these magnetic and magnetic with real world Output performance is protected and invisible behind optics and audio portion, and thus give personal user, user group, mechanism and political affairs Mansion provides one group of very extensive new function and safety.These new functions create application database, e-commerce in developer There is very big practicability and degree of recognition with will be seen that when network application.

Include the function of other electronic equipments carried by user according to the card as user equipment of the application, to subtract The total quantity of few this kind of equipment, to wish that these fields include but is not limited to identity card based in all possible field The field that bright and POS is used.For example, the card of the application makes it possible environment saving and weight saving and to be additionally conducive to user Leave such as mobile phone, portable computing device, Vehicular intelligent key or PDA (Personal Digital Assistant, individual Digital processing)/plate, so as to efficiently only carry convenient, safety an and multi-functional article.

The application further includes that each feature on the surface of above-mentioned card is applied to bigger surface, display screen or pad.This kind of pad Can be with emulation device array, and can not activated by contact or by contacting, it is i.e. not contactless by contacting, pass through hand Gesture or the degree of approach of object such as finger or stylus activate.

Card according to the example embodiment of the application may include RFID device or array, and above-mentioned RFID device or array are permitted Perhaps above-mentioned card is used for various new functions, including in these functions be tracking and bond-allocating have RFID label tag article or The ability of object, the ability that automatic list is created using RFID label tag.It is read according to having for the example embodiment of the application The card of the ability of RFID label tag can also act as the interface between RFID label tag and conventional card readers.RFID sensor array can Track the real-time movement with the article or object of RFID label tag, the data that extends above-mentioned card and can be acquired by above-mentioned card Application.

It is described now with reference to an example embodiment of the attached drawing to the card user equipment according to the application.Unless in addition It indicates, the description of each element with same reference numerals is for brevity without repeating.

Fig. 1 is the schematic diagram of example system 1, in the system 1, user equipment or card 100 with server computer 200 into Row communication, above-mentioned server computer 200 include multiple units and memory to execute the various of above system via network 210 Function, above-mentioned network 210 can be wide area network (WAN) for example internet, ad-hoc network, local area network (LAN), Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) (MAN), Cellular network, wireless wide area network (WW AN), wireless personal-area network (WPAN), public switch telephone network (PSTN), terrestrial wireless Network, other network or their combination.Via wireless connection (such as magnetic, electromagnetism) or wired connection 213 and from reading For card device 212 to network 210 by wirelessly or non-wirelessly communication channel 214, card 100 can be connected to network via card reader 212 210, above-mentioned card reader 212 is, for example, the credit card reader for being located at POS, ATM, safe input equipment etc..Pass through one or more A wirelessly or non-wirelessly communication channel 217 and via the communication connection 218 between communication equipment 216 and network 210, card 100 can To be communicated via communication equipment 216 with server 200, above-mentioned communication equipment 216 be, for example, mobile phone, PDA, electronic plane, Laptop, desktop computer.In an example embodiment, communication equipment 216 can by with wireless network base station (example Such as node B or evolution node B) antenna 219 be wirelessly connected 220 and be attached with network 210 and server 200, above-mentioned day Line 219 is communicated via communication connection 221 with network 210.In an example embodiment, using additional energy consumption, Card 100 can be by being wirelessly connected 224 in the case where no mediation communication equipment 216 or by one or more wireless It is connect via antenna for base station 219 with server 200 after device.In one embodiment, card 100 can be used Wi-Fi or other Wireless protocols 223 are attached via wireless access point 222, communication connection 225 and network 210 with server 200.

Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram according to each example embodiment system element of the card 100 of the application.As shown in Fig. 2, card 100 Including address/data bus 108, each system unit passes through address above mentioned/data/address bus 108 and 110 (example of processor or controller Such as CPU) communicate and be powered by power supply unit or power supply 112.Each system unit of card 100 includes memory 114, on Stating memory 114 is, for example, volatile and non-volatile memory；Input/output (I/O) interface unit 116；Communication unit 118 With antenna 119；Video Decoder 120, above-mentioned Video Decoder 120 to the video data shown by the first luminescence unit 122 into Row is decoded and is decoded to the video data shown by the second luminescence unit 124, above-mentioned first luminescence unit 122 and video solution Code device 120 is coupled in communication, and above-mentioned second luminescence unit 124 is coupled in communication with Video Decoder 120；It is logical with video encoder 130 Believe the first optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128 of coupling, above-mentioned video encoder 130 is to first and second The video data generated in optical detecting unit 126 and 128 is encoded；First magnetic input unit 132 and the second magnetic input unit 133, above-mentioned first magnetic input unit 132 and the second magnetic input unit 133 detect the respective first and second main tables in card 100 Magnetic field at face；First magnetic output unit 134 and the second magnetic output unit 135, above-mentioned first magnetic output unit 134 and the second magnetic Output unit 135 generates magnetic field at respective first main surface of card 100 and the second main surface；Sound/speech/sense of touch coding Device/decoder (codec) 136, above sound/voice/sense of touch encoder/decoder 136 receive and to include by first or The signal for the auditory information that second microphone/loudspeaker (Microspeaker) pixel array 138,140 generates is encoded, is provided Encoded signal is believed to bus 108, to being decoded, generate from the received coded data of bus 108 including sound, voice or tactile The decoded signal of breath, and decoded signal is provided to above-mentioned first or second Microspeaker pixel array 138,140, to generate Sound, recasting voice provide tactile feedback；Authentication unit 142；Position units 144；Data exchange unit 146, and suspend/ Register control unit or magnetic suspension unit 147.Term " display " when being used about card 100 the context of the application can be with With multiple meanings.A kind of usage of term " display " is referring to by the multiple of the first luminescence unit 122 or the second luminescence unit 124 The light that light emitting pixel member 107 (such as Fig. 4 A-4D) issues.By the first luminescence unit 122 or the luminous picture of the second luminescence unit 124 The light that primitive element 107 issues forms image, which can be referred to as or retouch when being used in combination with the modification of card 100 and card 100 It states as display, unless otherwise showing.

The processor 110 of card 100 may include one or more processors, for example, at least microprocessor, a microcontroller Device, central processing unit (CPU), specific integrated circuit (ASIC), digital signal processor (DSP), digital signal processing appts (DSP), it programmable logic device (PLD), field programmable gate array (FPGA) and is designed to carry out described herein The other equipment and/or above-mentioned any combination of function.

In the embodiment of setting N+1 redundancy, each element of hardware design will be arranged to dual and carry out interconnection, It breaks down to break down any one of in these elements and will not result in card 100.These elements may include but unlimited In processor, memory, power supply, bus, pixel etc..When a redundant element breaks down, user, which will not encounter, to be appointed What service disruption.Card 100 will attempt restarting its under (multiple) element, report hardware fault restore result, resynchronisation with And then report overall success or failure to the server and operator of user and overall system.Using completely redundant scheme, The each processor for representing processor that is independent, can living forever can be controlled by add ons, such as Redundant Control processing Device, the add ons exist so that each processor be synchronized to it is next.It even synchronizes to realize the synchronous element It can be replicated and come a howler in the case where continual service is to user.For example, in an example embodiment, at first Reason device (not shown) can each element on the side to card 100 mainly controlled, and second processor (not shown) can be with Each element on opposite sides of card 100 is mainly controlled.If any processor breaks down, blocks 100 two sides and all may be used To use remaining processor to continue to operate, all services are provided and do not interrupt all services.

As described above, memory 114 is non-transient machine readable media such as storage medium or other memories, and deposit Storage for example adds with program, routine program and other the code dependent instruction and data structures that can be executed by processor 110 Close individual subscriber and financial information.Memory 114 may include random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EPROM (for example, EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory) or any other that can store information are tangible Medium and combinations thereof.Memory also may include caching, and above-mentioned caching saves the number that will be transmitted by the transmitter of communication unit 118 It is transmitted according to until the data, and/or saves the received data of receiver by communication unit 118 until received data can To be handled.Although being separated Fig. 2 shows memory 114 with processor or controller 110 or in processor or controller 110 Outside, memory can also be implemented in processor or controller 110 or in another processing unit.According to card 100 The form that permissible thickness, at least partly memory 114 can be Micro Hard Disk Driver or nanometer hard disk drive.

The many performances and other aspects of card 100 and system 1 will be described according to process and process sequence herein.It can be with Understanding, these processes and process sequence can be executed program instructions by processor or controller 110 to implement, but there are also Process, which can be used, is able to carry out other hardware of program instruction to implement.For example, each embodiment can be in hardware, software, solid Implement in part, middleware, microcode or any combination thereof.Program instruction can be to execute necessary task and can be stored in and deposit Program code or code segment in reservoir 114.Code segment can indicate step, function, subprogram, program, routine program, sub- example Line program, module, software package, class, or any combination of instruction, data structure or program statement.Code segment can pass through transmitting And/or information, data, variable, parameter or the content of reception memory 114 to couple with another code segment or hardware circuit.

Input/output (I/O) interface unit 116 can set other directly or by intermediate I/O controller (not shown) It is standby to be connected to card 100.In one embodiment, I/O interface unit 116 using optical, wireless (such as radio frequency or magnetism), Or wired/line channel communicates so as to be able to carry out between card 100 and other equipment.For example, I/O interface may include above-mentioned One or second optical detecting unit 126,128 a part and the first and second luminescence units for being present on the same side of card 100 122, one respective corresponding portion in 124, the line including optical communication path can be by magnetic attachments to above-mentioned each Part is to exchange data via optical signalling.In another embodiment, I/O interface unit 116 may include physical port, Such as HDMI, VGA/SVGA, 100BASE-T, IEEE1394 (FireWire^TM) and/or USB Type port.

Communication unit 118 includes transmitter and receiver, and above-mentioned transmitter and receiver can pass through biography via antenna 119 It is defeated and receive radio wave (honeycomb, RFID etc.) and communicated with wireless network element.Communication unit 118 and antenna 119 are matched It is set to modulated data signal, modulated data signal is up-converted into for radio frequency and by the signal comprising data information from above-mentioned day Line 119 is as the radio wave transmissions on wireless network to remote equipment, and above-mentioned data information is via bus 108 from processor 110 receive.Communication unit 118 and antenna 119 are configured to receive on a wireless network from remote equipment transmission comprising modulation The radio wave of signal message, down coversion received radio wave, the above-mentioned down coversion of demodulation modulated signal and output is provided As from the recasting data that above-mentioned remote equipment transmits to bus 108 and processor 110.

Wireless network element may include such as access point (such as Wi-Fi access point), femtocell, mobile phone or individual Communication or data equipment, desktop computer, RFID device, portable computing device such as laptop, tablet computer etc., and Wi-Fi, bluetooth, element can be used to make wireless telecom equipment be connectable to wireless network, said elements are, for example, to use The base station of cellular telecommunication art, cellular telecommunication art are, for example, CDMA (CDMA), time division multiple acess (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) or another wireless technology and/or standard. Wireless network can be using one or more technologies, and above-mentioned technology is, for example, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UTMS), long term evolution (LTE), evolution data optimization or only evolution data (EV-DO), global mobile system communication system (GSM), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave are mutual Couple the CDMA (TD-SCDMA) into (WiMAX), CDMA (CDMA) -2000 or time division synchronous.

First luminescence unit 122 of card 100 and each luminescence unit of the second luminescence unit 124 include multiple photophores Part, such as semiconductor light-emitting-diode (LED), Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED), monochrome LCD (LCM), have monochromatic and colour aobvious Show the backlight or side-light type liquid crystal display (LCD) equipment or this that the multi-mode display unit of mode, thin film transistor (TFT) (TFT) control The combination of a little display pixels, these display pixels be arranged on each main side or main surface of card 100 (referring to Fig. 3 A, 3C and 4C).These light emitting arrays of card 100 not only enable display unit show image on the main side of card 100 or main surface, but also Also display unit is made to can be used as light source, thus above-mentioned light emitting array can its electric power limit in irradiate any object, and with Card 100 has been provided with the light for any frequency to be emitted to irradiate, and above-mentioned any frequency may include one from infrared to ultraviolet Or multiple frequencies.Believed it can be observed from fig. 2 that Video Decoder 120 is received by the coding that processor 110 provides on the bus 108 Number, decode the signal, the first luminescence unit 122 and/or the second luminescence unit 124 according to decoded signal control light emitting.

First luminescence unit 122 and/or the second luminescence unit 124 can each serve as display unit such as mobile phone display portion or It identifies for rendering, either for POS operator's (or requiring anyone identified) or in order to scan.It can pass through Control is to be arranged display unit feature, such as the enlargement ratio of the image on display unit.Since card 100 includes display unit, with tradition Blocking associated boundary becomes " unbounded ".For example, must not because card 100 can be communicated directly with POS or other interfaces Show entire credit card number.If desired, user can show a part of credit card number, for example, perhaps only last 4-digit number.In the function of user's selection card 100, if necessary to which with when needed, he be can see on the card 100 just All information often presented, as the protection or protection revealed accidentally sensitive card information.In an example embodiment, block 100, which can first pass through face, imitates multiple carry-on hard cards of user from front and back by display unit to Surface scan, again.

Watermark (for example, see Figure 16) can be at least one main surface of card 100 as it can be seen that still invisible for naked eye Or invisible infrared and ultraviolet optical watermark can be used for bigger safety.Especially those wavelength when due to using many wavelength It is more difficult signal acquisition when being divided into visible and non-visible part, therefore using various visible frequencies and non-visible light frequency for showing Show the card being also prevented from public enemy's progress data transfer connection, aspectant cartoon letters or connection POS system connection.

It is shown with the extension that the similar shape of credit card provides due to can by above-mentioned first and second luminescence unit 122,124 Can be saved with providing several functions space, for example, card 100 can replace it is social ensure card, licensing (such as driver's license), Safety/access card, EZ pass, credit card, debit card and bank card, key, it can provide the direct line parent with user or user The information for belonging to relevant emergency medical situation, only gives some instances.Although it is, being carried out at this to each example embodiment Description, but block 100 and system 1 application range be it is extensive and thus be not limited to particular instance described herein, these are special Determining example will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.

Each optical detecting unit of one optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128 include light detection array or Imaging device, such as charge-coupled device (CCD), the CCD include arranged on each main side of card 100 or main surface it is multiple Semiconductor MOS diode (referring to Fig. 3 A, 3C and 4B), each semiconductor MOS diode indicate the pixel of image.Optical detecting unit 122,124 can make the imaging signal digitlization of above-mentioned imaging device output, can implement at various corrections to the imaging signal Reason for example gamma correction and export result to video encoder 130 with to imaging signal implement coded treatment and export result to Processor or controller 110.

Furthermore, it is possible to be equipped with the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 of card 100 with detect the light created by card 100, Or the available environment light in given scenario, or both.Due to needing energy from the first luminescence unit 122 and/or the second hair The light emitting pixel member 107 of light unit 124 emits light, and environment light is usually the preferred of the first and second optical detecting units 126 and 128 Light source.Detection can be passed through by emitting specific wavelength of light and mode, the distance to object from the specific part on the surface of card 100 The transmitting determine determining and can permit card 100 using parallax the speed for the given target object for showing or storing, Acceleration and deceleration.The snapshot or video of event image data and exercise data can be made to be fitted close with use in real time or after It is continuous to use.By carrying out spectrum analysis to received visible light and black light, reading can be provided by application developer Temperature, the existing application program of substance, above-mentioned substance are, for example, sugared (blood glucose), atmospheric gas and blood gas.With card 100 Upgrading and spectrum analysis improve, and card 100 can be configured to implement given object, substance or the scanning of the Real-Time Forensics on surface, such as Such as the identification done in serum analysis to all substances in setting the goal are given.These functions provide card 100 and developer Many possible applications, above-mentioned developer write the application program of card 100 to create the increasing for not depending on the physical contact on card 100 Strong man-machine interface.

First and second optical detecting units 126,128 of card 100 can form the object of each main surface towards card 100 Image, therefore block 100 and may be operative to video camera.However, one embodiment of card 100 includes unlike typical camera assembly The optical axis of lens or lens group, lens is generally arranged to perpendicular to imaging surface.If this kind of lens exist, even if choosing certain The minimum at the object lens angle of other a little directions, image or the optical axis about optical transmission pathway (being described below) still relies on The largest refractive index of the material used in minimum lens thickness and lens, to quantify its ability for changing light direction simultaneously May need it is biggish cost or be more than certain restrictions after may completely it is not all right.For optician it is known that glass is logical About 1.5 refractive index is often provided, and can achieve 2.42 refractive index by using pure diamond.Due to refractive index be about The sinusoidal ratio of the incident angle after incident light angle and lens before lens, (and according to well known small angle approximation, Sine value can be by respective actual angle replacement when close to optical axis) length of optical axis is by a certain multiple of always lens thickness. Also, optical axis is always perpendicular to two dimensions of planar lens, to be well known that in optical field, optical axis is because so-called " thin Lens are approximate " it is lower than the lens thickness of a certain multiple without can be reduced.Therefore, lens require to be applied with 3 orthogonal dimensions Least commitment, and since a factor in the shape of card 100 is basically corresponding to the thickness of credit card, 100 uses of card with The different optical configuration of typical optical component.In one embodiment, card 100 uses lenticule, apeture lens technology and image The combination of processing software or the light by CMOS or CCD simple collection, the combination be hereinafter collectively referred to simply as sometimes " CCD " as Element forms functional diagram picture with sufficient density.If that will be described below with more details, since card 100 does not have mould It quasi- optical device (such as conventional lenses) and may further need to show in the main side of card 100, main surface or each face The sum of more details and sometimes safe image, display and shooting area can suitably be operated according to some embodiments Significant factor.It, can be by changing the substrate of bearing light-receiving pixel to repeat convex surface or recessed in order to provide broader visual angle Pin hole hole is placed on the surface of face underlay pattern to imitate simulated lens, as checking golf ball surface or checking insect The complex lens of eyes, insect are, for example, dragonfly.

It can be seen that blocking 100 imaging and display performance can use or use " invisible " or shelter the magnetic of (hiding) Property layer, can control above-mentioned magnetosphere so that its as see in conventional credit card tape performance.When multiple sensing elements or biography Sensing unit type (such as CCD or light detecting layer and magnetic input or reading layer) detects shape or pattern, in module and module Processing software matches each received information of layer, and each layer is, for example, CCD (vision input) layer and input (magnetic reading) layer, and card 100 mentions Significantly improving in data transmission is supplied.Card 100 is by arranging multiple sensor inputs or in the stacked on multiple biographies of arrangement of pixel heap Sensor input provides this and significantly improves.

Pixel stacking is the multiple pixel elements being overlapped on a direction perpendicular to substrate (direction z), wherein above-mentioned more A pixel elements include that at least one pixel elements has input with output or transfer function and at least one pixel elements or receives Function；I.e. different types of pixel elements.Above-mentioned pixel stacking is placed on substrate, for example, see 9A-9E with x and y seat On target position.Pixel layer includes multiple pixel elements of the planar alignment on the direction x and y, and each pixel elements can be pixel A part of stacking.Above-mentioned pixel layer plane and the substrate plane for extending through above-mentioned substrate are at a distance.Above-mentioned substrate is flat Face is placed at core or the center of card 100, such as substrate 170 as shown in Figure 7 B.In an example embodiment, pixel All pixels member in layer can provide identical function, or in another embodiment, they can provide different function.Each picture Element stacking is the Functional portions for the adjacent layer being overlapped in the vertical direction of substrate plane or in z-axis, but clear in order to explain Chu, each pixel stacking can be described as individual unit.The pixel elements that pixel stacks can be individually operated.Each pixel layer Operation can be on entire pixel layer or in a part of the pixel layer.The advantages of placing pixel elements with stacking construction includes just Reduce communication connection for quantity, length and material loss to connect with power supply, to reduce costs, i.e. manufacturing cost and material Expect cost.

In example embodiment described herein, each pixel layer of " adjacent " can be in direct contact with one another each other；I.e. every layer can With physical contact with one another.

As described in the present application, (referring to Fig. 3 B) when checking card 100 in plan view, pixel stacking comes across identical vertical To at vertical place or identical " x " and the position " y ".This kind of sequence of input can be concurrently or separately according to the timing of each input Or clock is implemented.For example, card 100 can receive light data relevant to specific magnetic data, so that card 100 can be from each biography Sensor source (such as light detecting layer and magnetic input or reading layer) receives complementary data.In an example embodiment, multiple sensings Device input may be used as a type of eletric watermark, so that card 100 can recognize that the legitimacy of source data.Show at another In example embodiment, a sensor source can provide the information on how to explain data from second sensor source.For example, by light The received light data of detection layers can provide the decoded information of magnetic input layer.If two layers of received data be not it is correct complementary or It is not correctly decoded, then fraud can be identified or attempt to cheat and prevent any further movement by blocking 100.Card 100 can also Independent communication is carried out via wireless communication or wire communication, thus attempt to cheat card 100, cheat or when hacker's behavior, Financial institution or other accountability unit or individual is enabled remotely to close card 100.In addition to by card 100 multiple sensors or Outside the safety for the enhancing that input layer provides, output element such as magnetic output and display, the east that can be detected according to sensor West is managed, and will explained below with more detailed details.In an example embodiment, when environmental condition needs are attached When adding illumination, above-mentioned LED can issue light, above-mentioned light may include it is infrared or ultraviolet, above-mentioned CCD can detecte it.It is above-mentioned CCD can also from morning to night be judged and adjust the transmitting (such as Fig. 4 A-4D) of light emitting pixel member 107 in view of illumination condition To provide additional optical.In order to provide light so that multiple light-receivings/detection pixel member 148 is detected, light emitting pixel can control The clock of member 107 with the operation of light-receiving/detection pixel member 148 so as to overlap.First optical detecting unit 126, second Optical detecting unit 128, video encoder 130 or processor 110 or another processor can monitor light detection pixel unit 148 Saturation level and provide the information to processor 110 or Video Decoder 120 with dynamic and adjust automatically light emitting pixel member 107 Operating time and/or output intensity, to prevent or reduce the satiety and/or overexposure of light detection pixel elements 148.

Each magnetic input unit of first magnetic input unit 132 and the second magnetic input unit 133 can detecte the phase of card 100 It answers main side or face part, close on, neighbouring or adjacent magnetic field.Magnetic input inspection can be carried out with microminiature layer deposition techniques It surveys.For example, arrangement stress material is adjacent with non-stressed material in an array, stress material is, for example, the silica adulterated or mixes Miscellaneous quartz, non-stressed material are, for example, lead zirconate titanate, wherein stress material will change it when non-stressed material is subjected to magnetic field Electricity value.In another example, magnetic induction piezo-electric crystal can block in an array is etched or deposits on 100 surface, magnetic strength It answers piezo-electric crystal that wide amount is allowed to be transmitted through wherein, and changes resistance or electric current in response to magnetic field.The resistance or electricity of variation Miscarry raw signal, the signal can be provided by such as digital processing about received magnetic field specific information, it is above-mentioned specific Information includes any data being included in magnetic field.

Each magnetic output unit of first magnetic output unit 134 and the second magnetic output unit 135 is configurable to have It is distributed in the array of multiple magnetic output pixels in one or more main surfaces of card 100, above-mentioned magnetic output pixel can be controlled System is to generate local fields for example to pass between 100 main surface of card and line I/O equipment or the Magnetic Sensor of another user equipment Delivery data." main surface " herein is the substantially planar surface of 100 outermost layer of card, and above-mentioned surface faces relative direction or phase Opposite direction.Due to the relatively thin property of card 100, term " side " and " surface " synonymous can be used as side surface, surface and face It indicates wherein stacking the region arranged to various sensor layers and pixel, unless otherwise indicated.It is described in detail later Embodiment in, the first magnetic output unit 134 and/or the second magnetic output unit 135 can be controlled, thus not being tied to In the case where any particular location in the main surface of card 100, they create the magnetic pattern for being similar to the magnetic stripe of card.Therefore, One magnetic output unit 134 or the second magnetic output unit 135 can be used for creating the magnetic that can be read by tradition and the following card reader Data.This is specific to will be described in more detail below.

Since the pixel array of the first magnetic output unit 134 and the second magnetic output unit 135 can take up in the plan view With the region of card 100 being overlapped least substantially at entire main surface, tape position can be carried out as needed based on sensed activity Pre-programmed or creation.For example, magnetic stripe can be increased to extend through the substantial entire main surface of card 100 in front and back, And since the layer for placing magnetic element still keeps invisible under other layers, other above-mentioned layers are not by generated magnetic field It influences.If card 100 is adjustable and propagates band data, above-mentioned tape using traditional instrument such as conventional magnetic stripe reader Data can be automatically positioned in any position and direction on the substantial portion on the surface or side that are less than card 100, so that card reading The Magnetic reading head of device is able to carry out reading.For example, tape can be in a manner of being similar to or imitate conventional credit card or debit card It is placed along the side of card 100.Above-mentioned reader can be traditional POS card reader or the another card 100 as POS system. In one embodiment, card to card POS system can be believed according to the first time display unit for the fixed point of sales system in position Number exchange establish mode magnetic stripe data is propagated to the signal exchange of display unit based on display unit.Therefore, appointing for card 100 is carried It can be used as portable POS systems in who.

In the context of this application, term " signal exchange " describes identification equipment or card 100 is close, determine equipment or Card 100 is functional and main story transmission of data, and permits to carry out data receiver, and carry out data transmission in due course.It is above-mentioned Signal exchange function can extend to near-field communication (NFC) equipment such as RFID and magnetic data transmitter carry out data communication, It communicated with Wi-Fi, communicated in such a way that the sense of hearing for correctly encoding or encoding or sound emit, with visible light and non- Visible wavelength, quantum entanglement device (QED ' s) carry out optical communication and establish communication line and two by other systems The combination of a or multiple system and method.In an example embodiment, the card 100 or another separated with another in card 100 Signal exchange between a equipment or system can require to carry out from isolated card 100 or another equipment or system at the beginning Data query.Then card 100 notifies user to receive inquiry.Then user can signal to card 100, be arranged particular phrase or Code word is to inform the property of 100 above-mentioned signal exchange and communication line of card, and the limitation of the route is arranged, such as allows from card 100 are transferred to the data type of another card 100 or another equipment or system.

Card 100 may include sound/speech/sense of touch codec 136, and the sound/speech/sense of touch codec 136 is matched It is set to from the first Microspeaker pixel array 138 or the second mini-speaker array 140 (such as piezoelectric-array) and receives sound Or voice signal, the above-mentioned signal of coding, and the voice/sound signal for spinning code is provided to processor 110 via total 108.Sound/language Sound/sense of touch codec 136 is via bus 108 from the sound, voice or sense of touch data, decoding that processor 110 receives coding Data are stated, and generate signal to Microspeaker pixel array 138 or Microspeaker pixel array 140.Therefore, miniature loudspeaking Device pixel array 138,140 can provide the function of microphone, loudspeaker or tactile feedback equipment under at least certain minimum Energy.

The acquisition of authentication unit 142 of card 100 has outpost 100 and the identification information of user, and above-mentioned identification information is in a reality The authentication unit 230 that server 200 can be transferred in example is applied to verify to card 100 and/or card user, above-mentioned server 200 authentication unit 230 will be described in more detail below.In another embodiment, card 100 can store bio signal To carry out login authentication in the range that safety approach, card processing capacity and/or card memory capacity allow.As retouched in detail below As stating, such as fingerprint, capillary form, pulse and scarcely perceptible pulse fight figure, vocal print, that retina or iris replicate multiple physics is special Point can be when for example logging in or transaction purpose for identification.Also, account, validity period, PIN number, password and other card informations Card/user authentication unit 230 of server 200 can be transferred in an encrypted form from authentication unit 142 to card with label 100 are verified.

Position units 144 are position determination unit, such as global positioning system (GPS) receiver.Position units 144 can be with Be placed in the substrate 170 of card 100, be placed on substrate 170 and light detection pixel layer or light detecting layer 186a or 186b it Between substrate 170 on or be placed in the other positions that position units 144 allow the other parts of card 100 to be operated.By The location information that position units 144 determine is transferred to server 200, and above-mentioned location information can be by one in server 200 A or multiple systems using, such as used by value analytical unit 232 and tracking cell 236, by the application followed by Detailed description.Optionally, blocking 100 position can otherwise obtain, such as fixed by using the multiple spot of radio signal Position, radio signal are, for example, that those of reception signal or logical is manually entered from those of cellular network reception signal, from user Cross be integrated into other electronic equipments receive those of signal, other above-mentioned electronic equipments know its respective positions and can share Position data.

Power supply 112 transmits power to each system element of card 100, such as each system element shown in Fig. 2.Power supply 112 It can power from any source.For example, having a kind of known method that Intel is pioneering, at this in addition to well known RFID power supply mechanism In method, wireless power is passed to the fixed inductance being set in card 100 by movable inductor, and power transmission leads to capacitive coupling Deng.Certainly, card 100 can also be equipped with its own battery as battery " layer ", such as film or ultrathin membrane chargeable lithium ion Or lithium polymer battery will be suitable in the shape loaded on plan or along any bigger shape of the central core of card 100, example Such as substrate 170.

Although power management unit can be included as the unit for separating and communicating to connect with power supply 112, card 100 Power supply 112 also may include power management unit to manage, generate and save electric power.For example, one embodiment may include section Power mode, in the energy-saving mode, display unit runs on economize on electricity only monochromatic mode.One embodiment can include determining whether to close Close one, two or a part of each element in first or second luminescence unit 122,124 (i.e. dual-display unit).It is practical On, although each main surface has the performance of transmitting light, in many cases, do not need from two surface emitting light, processing Device 110 includes recognizing when that only single surface needs to emit the performance of light, thus it is adaptive relative to the needs for expending energy to block 100 It answers.For example, one embodiment of card 100 may include that inclination sensor is for example micro electronmechanical or MEM accelerator, and/or identification is soft Part, above-mentioned identification software can identify the feature or brightness in the image by the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 sensing Control electric power can be arranged according to detection direction, identification feature or detection brightness in level.For example, card 100 may include using The application program of inclination and/or any display of accelerometer data automatic orientation on specific orientation or operation application program.Into The application program of row orientation can also be determined that it is collected from light by which processor 110 of card 100 and input (such as light detection list Light detection at the CCD of member 126 and/or 128) influence that is identified.

In one embodiment, magnetic stripe is set in card 100.In one embodiment, magnetic stripe is placed on each of card 100 Between main surface, so that above-mentioned magnetic stripe is in the main surface of card 100 by " masking " and invisible.One be placed on card 100 Or multiple magnetic stripes according to such as ISO/IEC7811, ISO/IEC7813 and ISO/IEC4909 standard or can be further described herein Standard be programmed, to include such as account information, identification information (such as driver's license, credit card, identity card, safety door inhibition Card), the information such as currency values (such as fare card, Gift Card, ideal money), above- mentioned information can read by card reader/programmer/ It writes.Magnetic stripe can generate (referring to Fig. 3 B and 5) at four positions so that card 100 (such as can be read relative to reader Read the slot of device) it is arbitrarily inserted into and is swiped the card or the reader of slot-type with any card orientation, and swiping the card or be inserted into reader When not the orientation of pipe clamp 100 and per secondary " use " individual part.Card 100 can with the old technology of back compatible magnetic brush card so that Any " magnetic brush card " or slot insertion type can be compatible with immediately.It can be microminiature magnetic write head behind magnetic strip material, it will be It is wiped under system control and re-writes the data found on tape.

In the exemplary embodiment in figure 2, card 100 includes multiple processors such as processor or controller 110, Video coding Device 120, video encoder 130 and codec 130.However, because all processors can be merged into the processing for executing card 100 The single processor of the function of device 110 and other processors, and according to perform various functions required speed, processor or The cost of controller, card 100 may include additional processor or controller, thus the arrangement of each processor can with it is herein Description it is different.

The configuration of card 100 provides a kind of compact, relatively thin, flat multi-action computer as described herein, Above-mentioned computer includes the input of at least one sensor, at least one transmitter or transmitter and display function.Card 100 Compact nature and the ability for forming each layer pixel elements set card 100 as relatively inexpensive, light-weight other electronics that are different from Standby electronic equipment.

Fig. 3 A to 3C is the schematic diagram of the example embodiment of card 100.Fig. 3 A is perspective view, and Fig. 3 B is plan view, Fig. 3 C It is the side view of card 100.As shown in figs. 3 a-3 c, card 100 include the first main side, face or surface 101, the second main side, face, Surface 102, the first physical port 103a, the second physical port 103b and multiple magnetic stripes 104.

Fig. 3 A is the perspective view of card 100, shows the first main surface 101, the second main surface 102 and side or edge surface 105, above-mentioned side or edge surface 105 extend to second side, face or surface 102 from the first main side, face or surface 101, And including physical port 103a and 103b.First main surface 101 includes or covers the array 106a of mixing, the second main surface 102 Including or cover the array 106b of mixing.Mixed array includes at least two different array elements, above-mentioned array element packet Include but be not limited to luminescence unit, optical detecting unit, magnetic input unit, magnetic output unit and mini-speaker array.Mixed battle array Column are configurable to planar array, or stack or vertically extending array.Each array element includes multiple independent controls Pixel.

In the plan view of Fig. 3 B, since magnetic stripe is placed on external front face and the back side (master) surface (i.e. of card 100 One and second main surface 101,102) lower section and thus " invisible ", each magnetic stripe 104 is shown in dotted line.Magnetic stripe 104 is to be shown as The programmable band strip area of tape is separated, but in another embodiment, magnetosphere can block 100 main table in plan view Extended more multizone or less region in the region that the circumference in face 101,102 limits, in this case, band strip area is can be with As needed and when needed by program work and by the virtual region of program work.In addition to that can be carried out to magnetic output pixel Programming can operate above-mentioned magnetic output pixel to imitate outside magnetic stripe 104 to provide directionality and give magnetic output data, be increased Card 100 carries out the adaptability of interface connection with magnetic reader.

Fig. 3 C is the side view of exemplary card 100, and above-mentioned example card 100 includes the first physical port 103a and the second physics end Mouth 103b.In one embodiment, physical port 103a and physical port 103b has mutually different configuration, such as IEEE 1394 interfaces, USB (universal serial bus) port, or the physical port of another interface type.In order to improve weatherability, more preferable Ground, which meets credit card shape and resists, may cause dirt, liquid water or water vapour that the internal part of card 100 is degenerated, certain In embodiment, physical port can be excluded as far as possible or completely.

Fig. 4 A to 4D is to show the attached drawing of the plan view of pixel elements for the mixing array that can be used for card 100.Fig. 4 A It shows shining for the arrangement of the first and second luminescence units 122,124 and borrows the exemplary arrangement of element 107 or display pixel.Fig. 4 B shows The light detection member of the arrangement of the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 or showing for pixel (such as CCD MOS diode) are gone out Example arrangement.Fig. 4 C and 4D show a part of mixing plane array 99a and mixing plane array 99b, implement in an example In example, mixing plane array 99a and mixing plane array 99b are arranged on substrate, such as substrate shown in fig. 5 170.Fig. 4 C It is the schematic diagram of a part of the main surface 101,102 of card 100, shows including 148 row of luminescence unit 107 and optical detecting unit It is listed in the example embodiment of mixing plane array 99a, 99b on drawn part.Fig. 4 D shows the array including addition type Mixing array 99a, 99b of (pixel) member, array (pixel) member of above-mentioned addition type include but is not limited to that multiple magnetic export picture Element 109, magnetic input pixel 150, piezoelectricity input pixel 111 and piezoelectricity output pixel 113.Each additional image primitive element and light emitting pixel Member 107 and light detection pixel elements 148 are arranged along each side of substrate 170 together.It should be appreciated that the mixing cloth described in Fig. 4 D It sets and is exemplary, and the pixel elements of different types of arrangement, the pixel elements of further types of arrangement or less can be set The pixel elements of the arrangement of type, which have, those of is different from describing the density of pixel elements and mutually different.It should be appreciated that each Light emitting pixel member 107 may include multiple components, such as multiple (such as use green, blue and red for colored light emission Sub-pixel, but monochromatic mode can be run on) optical transmitting set, the different types of pixel of mixing array may be arranged to have The density being same or different to each other.

Fig. 5 is the viewgraph of cross-section for intercepting the line 5-5 of Fig. 3 B, and shows the details of one embodiment of card 100.Such as Shown in Fig. 5, card 100 includes substrate 170, and above-mentioned substrate 170 includes the electronic component of card 100.Above-mentioned mixing array is in the first He It is placed on or is stacked on second stacking direction on the first main surface 171a and the second main surface 171b of substrate 170, on It states the first and second stacking directions to upwardly extend in the side perpendicular to surface 171a and 171b, i.e., in the vertical direction of Fig. 5.The One mixing array 106a is arranged on the first stacking direction adjacent to the first main surface 171a；Second mixing array 106b is with One stacks on the second contrary stacking direction adjacent to the second main surface 171b setting.

First closure construction 174a and the second structure 174b are set, to cover and seal up each main surface 171a and 171b To provide anhydrous dustfree environment to the first and second mixing array part 106a and 106b.First closure construction 174a and the second envelope Lid structure 174b also sets up, establishes, provides or determines that possible object is to the first and second mixing array 106a's and 106b recently Thickness that distance, space or gap are the first closure construction 174a or the second closure construction 174b and from the first closure construction The inner part of 174a or the second closure construction 174b are clipped to the outermost layer of the first mixing array 106a or the second mixing array 106b Distance.In an example embodiment, the thickness of the first closure construction 174a and the second closure construction 174b are approximately uniform.This Outside, in an example embodiment, respectively in the first closure construction 174a and the second closure construction 174b and mixing array 106a Small―gap suture 178 is set between 106b, so that can be from the first closure construction 174a and the from the light of 107 transmitting of light emitting pixel member Object outside two closure construction 174b is reflected to be received by light detection pixel elements 148.Such as card 100 can pass through one or more A sensor member such as light detection pixel elements 148 detect fingerprint.Fingerprint can leave the first closure construction 174a or leave It is detected at a certain distance from second closure construction 174b, or can be directly in the first closure construction 174a or the second closure construction It is detected on 174b.

In the discribed embodiment of Fig. 5, each closure construction 174a and 174b are to cover and seal respective first Few molding monofilm with the frame of second mixing array part 106a, 106b, but in an example embodiment, such as capping knot The card closure construction of structure 174a and 174b can be the overlay structure of frame type and can for example include in the edge of card 100 Additional supporting member, and may include support/alignment structures to assist to be aligned and support closure construction.Closure construction 174a, 174b includes transparent part, and above-mentioned transparent part enables light from the light-emitting component of the first and second luminescence units 122,124 The photodetector for transmitting, light being enabled to be transferred to the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 from the outside of card 100.Envelope Lid structure 174a and 174b can also include current-carrying part, and above-mentioned current-carrying part can be covered for example, by conductive material to be embedded in It is formed in one or two of structure 174a and 174b.These current-carrying parts provide from closure construction 174a and/or Electrical connection of the outside of 174b to the inside of closure construction 174a and/or 174b.These electrical connections can be used for charging connection example Such as from depressed place or charging equipment, for data connection, or it is used for other purposes.By having minimal part sudden and violent with metal part Be exposed to the form of the outside of closure construction 174a or 174b be arranged it is embedded connection and with the inner lead of card 100, component or The connection of each layer, the material type used according to current-carrying part by corrosion to minimum limit or can eliminate corrosion.

In the embodiment shown in fig. 5, magnetic stripe 104a, 104b are set inside closure construction 174a, preferably in substrate It is arranged on or near 170 main surface 171a；Magnetic stripe 104c, 104d are set inside closure construction 174b, preferably in substrate Main surface 171b on or near be arranged.In another embodiment, since the first and second magnetic output units 134 can be used Magnetic pixel with 135 implements the functions of one or more magnetic stripes, above-mentioned magnetic pixel can be programmed with generate with it is any The associated field of the card of type, so being not provided with the magnetic stripe of form of film.Another embodiment for a level of redundancy and can be with Including one or more magnetic output units and magnetic stripe.

Fig. 6 is the schematic diagram of one embodiment of substrate 170, and above-mentioned substrate 170 includes for being operated to card 100 Multiple electronic equipments simultaneously can be used to provide the rigidity of intensity and acceptable amount to card 100.In one embodiment, substrate 170 Including processor 110；Power supply 112, above-mentioned power supply 112 include such as film of battery 180/ultrathin membrane lithium ion or lighium polymer electricity Pond and electrical management device 182；Memory 114；Communication unit 118；Antenna；And other equipment such as inclination sensor, plus Speed device (not shown) and/or other electronic components.Although not shown in FIG. 6, substrate 170 may include that at least one is serial Interface or physical port (referring to Fig. 3 A and 3C) (such as USB, IEEE 1394 etc.), although each embodiment of card 100 can be abandoned Include any physical port.Each electronic device for being included in substrate 170 can be embedded in substrate 170, be included in sunk area In or be surface mounted on substrate 170.Substrate 170 may include conducting wire track, multilayer wiring and through-hole with by each electronics Device and substrate 170 and adjacent first and second mixing array part 106a, 106b interconnect.

Fig. 6 shows a pair of of charge reception contact or charging electrode 184 is charged with the battery 180 to card 100.Charge Receiving contact 184 can be included in typical smart card contact according to the ISO standard, but preferably place along 100 sides of card Not interfere display area, and it may not be usable for passing data to equipment and transmitting from the data of equipment, although filling Electric contact 184 can be arranged in another way, such as some other place on the circumference of card 100.Electrical management Device 182 receive be applied to charge receive the voltage/current of contact 184 and control to the charge function of battery 180 and/or to In the adjusting that the electric power signal of operation card 100 carries out.For example, card 100 can be placed into cradle (not shown), above-mentioned charging mansion Including a pair of of charge transmission electrode, so that each receiving electrode contacts each charging electrode to charge the battery.Optionally, block 100 may include the battery charging subsystem of " non-contact " type, and the battery charging subsystem of above-mentioned " non-contact " type includes Coil or capacitor charging plate, so that card 100 can be placed in the charging surface including complementary charge coil or capacitance electrode On.

Fig. 7 A and 7B show the more details of the card 100 according to the example embodiment of the application, and wherein Fig. 7 A is shown The plan view of a part of the first main surface 101, Fig. 7 B show the cross section view of the line 7B-7B of interception Fig. 7 A.Such as Fig. 7 B Shown, card 100 includes substantially the same mixing array 106a and 106b, and above-mentioned mixing array 106a and 106b is set to substrate In each multiple-level stack S1 and S2 on 170 opposite face or opposite flank.In one embodiment, each multiple-level stack S1 and S2 Including multiple tier array." vertical " extends outwardly away from substrate 170, multiple-level stack since the layer nearest from substrate 170 on the direction " z " S1 includes light detecting layer 186a, magnetic output pixel layer or magnetic output layer 190a, magnetic input pixel layer or magnetic input layer 192a, piezoelectricity Input pixel layer or piezoelectricity input layer 194a, piezoelectricity output pixel layer or piezoelectricity output layer 196a and light emitting pixel layer or hair Photosphere 198a.Luminescent layer 198 may include multiple LED 193 as light source.Since the layer nearest from substrate 170, multilayer heap Folded S2 includes light detecting layer 186b, magnetic output layer 190b, magnetic input layer 192b, piezoelectricity input layer 194b, piezoelectricity output layer 196b, And luminescent layer 198b.It should be appreciated that above-mentioned substrate 170 and each stack layer S1 and S2 are not in scale in order to explain layer structure It draws.

The light detecting layer 186a of multiple-level stack S1 includes light-receiving/detection pixel array, above-mentioned light-receiving/detection pixel Array be made and be a part of above-mentioned first optical detecting unit 126 of light-sensitive material.The light detecting layer of multiple-level stack S1 186b includes light-receiving/detection pixel of arrangement, and light-receiving/detection pixel of above-mentioned arrangement is made of light-sensitive material and is above-mentioned A part of second optical detecting unit 128.In one embodiment, above-mentioned first and second light detecting layer 186a and 186b are CCD, but other optical arrays technologies such as CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor, complementary gold Belonging to oxide semiconductor) chip, photodiode array (PDA, photodiode array) etc. be also used as light detecting layer. Light-receiving/detection pixel 148 is arranged on far from substrate corresponding to multiple corresponding pin holes or optical transmission pathway 187a and 187b On the surface of light detecting layer 186a, 186b of 170 directions.

Referring to attached drawing 7A and 7B, each optical transmission pathway 187a extends light-receiving/detection pixel of light detecting layer 186a 148 and multiple-level stack upper surface in aperture or pinhole openings 188a between.Each optical transmission pathway 187a and 187b difference Light detecting layer 186a and 186b are extended to from the outer surface that pixel stacks.In the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, each optical transport is logical Road 187a extends into multiple pixel layers from outer surface 191a and terminates at light detecting layer 186a.Each pinhole openings 188a and every A associated optical transmission pathway is placed on " crosspoint " or the corner point of pixel stacking, as shown in Figure 7 A.Therefore, Mei Geguang Transmission channel 187a is placed at the periphery that one or more pixels stack, and is stacked without extending through pixel.The arrangement It with optical transmission pathway 187b is similar for pinhole openings 188b.According to the optical transmission pathway in the example embodiment in Fig. 7 B Position, arrangement and the orientation of 187a and 187b, optical transmission pathway 187a are formed in and extend through luminescent layer 198a, piezoelectricity output Layer 196a, piezoelectricity input layer 194a, magnetic input layer 192a and magnetic input layer 190a, external from the first mixing array 106a extend And the position adjacent with light detecting layer 186a, the position on light detecting layer 186a are terminated or end at, or be located next to light detection The position of layer 186a.Therefore, pin hole access 187a and 187b extends the distance at an interval from outer surface 191a or depth passes through At least one pixel layer is to light detecting layer 186a.Pin hole 188b and pin hole access 187b are similarly formed second in card 100 On side 102.

In operation, the optical transport being incident on the surface 101 of the first transparent closure construction 174a passes through the first capping Structure 174a to each aperture 188a, above-mentioned aperture 188a allow light to enter optical transmission pathway as the aperture of type of pinhole 187a, the light of transmission march to light-receiving/detection pixel 148 of light detecting layer 186a along the direction of arrow 189a.Similar, enter The optical transport being mapped on the surface 102 of the second transparent closure construction 174b passes through the second closure construction 174b to each aperture 188b, above-mentioned aperture 188b allow light to enter optical transmission pathway 187b as the aperture of type of pinhole, and the light of transmission is along arrow The direction of 189b marches to light-receiving/detection pixel 148 of light detecting layer 186b.For the first light detecting layer 186a and the second light Each pixel 148 of detection layers 186b, no material are set to aperture 188a, 188b and corresponding optical transmission pathway 187a, 187b In, but can also be between the first closure construction 174a and the first light detecting layer 186a and in the second closure construction 174b and Other transmission mediums are used between two light detecting layer 186b.

By example embodiment described above of Fig. 7 B it will be apparent that various pixel layers and thus each pixel layer it is each Kind pixel is placed with or is provided to smooth operation.Light emitting pixel layer 198a and 198 is outermost layer, light detection pixel layer 186a and 186b be innermost or innermost pixel layer and thus separated respectively with light emitting pixel layer 198a and 198b one hang down Straight distance, it is meant that light emitting pixel layer 198a and 198b is than light detecting layer 186a and 186b further from extending through substrate 170 Plane is placed.In the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, multiple additional pixel arrays be placed on light emitting pixel layer 198a and 198b with Between light detection pixel layer 186a and 186b.For example, magnetic output pixel layer 190a, magnetic input pixel layer 192a, piezoelectricity input picture Plain layer 194a and piezoelectricity output pixel layer 196a are placed between light detection pixel layer 186a and light emitting pixel layer 198a.And And in the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, piezoelectricity output pixel layer 196a is placed on piezoelectricity input pixel layer 194a and luminescent layer Between 198a, magnetic input pixel layer 192a is placed between magnetic output pixel layer 190a and light emitting pixel layer 198a.In addition, pressure Electricity input pixel layer 194a and piezoelectricity output pixel layer 196a is placed between magnetic output pixel layer 190a and luminescent layer 198a.

The light being incident in each light-receiving/detection pixel 148 is converted to electric value by light-receiving/detection pixel 148, above-mentioned Electricity value indicates that gray value i.e. monochrome output, color value are red, green or blue infrared or ultraviolet value.It is placed in card 100 Other image processors of processor 110 read each light-receiving/detection pixel 148 and image combined by each single pixel.So The image can be handled afterwards with remove noise or improved by other analytical technologies image clarity or for its His benefit, sharp such as contrast improvement, colour balance.Card 100 can also be according to application program and user-defined setting and by optics Data acquisition is limited to specific wavelength.Once being handled the image, which can be divided in processor 110 Analysis is assessed with the content to image.For example, in the figure with present fingerprint, gram in Antu picture, gesture or facial expression.? In one example embodiment, user can be about object mobile card 100, so that card 100 can be scanned the object and right The image received is handled to form the three dimensional representation of object.In another example embodiment, card 100 can be placed Aperture 188a and/or 188b are given to provide bigger visual field in lens or lens subassembly, is made it possible to be similar to and have one The mode of the digital camera of a or multiple simulated lens collects more visual informations.

Magnetic output layer 190a and magnetic output layer 190b are respectively formed the first magnetic input unit 132 and the second magnetic input unit 133 a part and be magnetic field generator, above-mentioned magnetic field generator includes addressable pixel array, above-mentioned addressable picture The magnetic field that pixel array can be used for being formed each pattern those of finds magnetic field for example on card magnetic stripe or can be used for forming magnetism A part of transmitter, above-mentioned magnetic transmitter can be communicated with arrangement for reading such as card reader or another card.As above It is described, each pixel of the first magnetic output unit 134 and the second magnetic output unit 135 can take up or be arranged in Ping Tutu with Least substantially at the region that each entire main side, interarea or main surface 101 and 102 are overlapped, and it can be programmable, virtual magnetic Item can be obtained by these pixels.This programmability mean any portion of magnetic output pixel 109 can by program work, To form the shape for being different from tape on any available position on card 100.For the sake of security, one embodiment makes this A little virtual tapes can not pressed when user appears in POS reader by program work (activation) and in " after use " " in time " Program work and deactivation.In one embodiment, virtual tape can based on gesture or poplar card 100 movement it is associated its He creates information.For example, when by POS or other readers swipe the card 100 when, user can hold in this way 100, so that the card 100 is in the angle that cannot be read by reader.When swipe the card start when, card 100 it will be seen that and determine and brush Block associated pattern and determines the orientation of card 100.Card 100 can be configured to magnetic stripe data and to show using Preferences The virtual card shown is matched.For example, user can select specific virtual card to carry out using the magnetic of output from multiple virtual cards Data account number associated with selected virtual card carries out Auto-matching.Before advancing through each sensor of reader, Card 100 can " in due course " creation can be by the tape of reader reading, so at some position on a part of surface of card 100 Make the tape not by program work (or reapposing normal place) " after use " afterwards.In this way, reader will Encounter it is less it is unsuccessful swipe the card and user using card 100 complexity it is smaller.

Card 100 also may include the ability for increasing power level automatically when swiping the card, to improve to magnetic data communication really It protects.For example, card 100 can be multiple for the magnetic output data setting provided by magnetic output pixel 109 in single swiping card Power level, above-mentioned swiping card can be that static state is swiped the card or dynamic swipes the card and (makes data in time by journey in fixed position Sequence works or the movement of card 100 is made to pass through reader).Two-way setting can also be carried out to this kind of data, so that any of card 100 takes To can be used for and magnetic reader carry out interface connection.With multiple magnetic output power level have an advantage that can with have The conventional card readers of the sensitivity of different level carry out interface connection.Magnetic read head in the ability for reading magnetic data not Together.Certain read heads are rdativery sensitives, and it is relative insensitivity that other read heads, which are especially the read head having long been used, and Different power levels provides improved chance to ensure that data are transmitted.

Magnetic input layer 192a and magnetic input layer 192b is respectively formed above-mentioned first magnetic input unit 132 and above-mentioned second magnetic is defeated Enter a part of unit 133 and including addressable pixel array, above-mentioned addressable pixel array can be used for sensing accordingly Block the magnetic field for asking surface 101,102 to be subjected to.Magnetic input layer 192a and magnetic input layer 192b can be by any suitable magnetosensitive layer shape At above-mentioned suitable magnetosensitive layer is capable of forming as compound magnetostrictive and piezoelectricity the material of film, such as presentation magnetoelectric effect Material.This kind of material includes silicon or silica crystals, and above-mentioned silica crystals include the silicon crystal and titanium dioxide crystalline substance of doping Body.

In the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, the various pixels for being properly termed as pixel elements, which are arranged in and are configured at, to be extended vertically Pixel stack 98 in, be directly overlapped in the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, it means that each pixel elements pixel stack Position in 98 is substantially overlapped on the direction x and the direction y in the plan view that pixel stacks 98.It is real in the example of Fig. 7 B It applies in example, from outmost or most shallow pixel elements to innermost or innermost pixel elements, each pixel stacks 98 and includes Light emitting pixel member 107, piezoelectricity output pixel member 113, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 111, magnetic input pixel elements 150, magnetic output pixel Member 109 and light detection pixel elements 148.Each pixel elements property of can choose and independently controlled, have at least one Conducting or state of activation or mode and at least one shutdown or not state of activation or mode.Certain pixel elements such as piezoelectricity exports picture Primitive element 113 has controllable intensity.Certain pixel elements such as light detection pixel elements 148 can have controllable sensitivity.

Piezoelectricity input layer 194a and piezoelectricity output layer 196 form a part of the first Microspeaker pixel array 138, pressure Electric input layer 194b and piezoelectricity output layer 196b forms a part of the second Microspeaker pixel array 140.By to Mike Wind and loudspeaker use different materials, and loudspeaker and microphone can respectively carry out different biasings, and data letter can be used Number processing technique such as echo and noise cancellation technique (simultaneously) operate in full-duplex mode.In addition, for piezoelectricity input layer The algorithm of the pixel array of 194a, 194b provides virtual microphone, and above-mentioned virtual microphone can be by the void with microphone The single lobe of quasi- directional property guides particular source into, such as guides the light-receiving via light detecting layer 186a or 186b/detection picture into The source position of 148 identification of element.In another embodiment, single layer of piezoelectric material can form magnetic input/output pixel 111/ 113, the function of microphone and loudspeaker in half double type mode is provided.In another embodiment, piezoelectricity output layer 196a and Each pixel of 196b can provide tactile feedback to the specific region of card 100 in manipulation to the corresponding of card 100 in response to user, Or otherwise call user's attention event, communication, certain processing terminate etc..

In each embodiment of the card 100 in one or two main surface of card 100, block with piezoelectricity pixel or device 100 can be used as microphone and loudspeaker on one or two surface of card 100.The particular characteristic can provide various sound Transmitting and the application program collected, such as analogue mobile phone, generation sound, collection voice for the purpose for calling or answering calling For biological elements (such as being logged in speech recognition) and sounding warning or alarm.However, for the construction of card, by In electric power limitation and surface flatness, transmitting and collect electric power and fidelity can in its use to a certain extent by Limitation.Two cards still can be used to sound 100 securely, closely proximate to placement as signal exchange and data channel One of method.Since the piezoelectric device of such as pixel 111 and 113 is as light emitting pixel member 107 (such as LED) and light-receiving/detection It is allocated, is emitted by piezoelectricity input pixel 111 and piezoelectricity output pixel 113 and received as member 148 (CCD member) distribution Sound may include many sound, transmitting and reception, and certain transmittings and reception may be used as wooden horse communication, safely protect True or practical communication one or a few issue and reception are provided.As used herein, " wooden horse " mean mistake and do not connecing What receiving end used.A kind of data transferring method of the dynamic formation can with mould although the data transferring method is relatively slowly Quasi- conventional audio modulation /demodulation function simultaneously can increase a kind of dynamic and block 100 to be communicated between two cards 100, at multiple Between communicated or make a card 100 with equipped with card 100 or equipped with integrated component of the element as machine of card 100 Another machine is communicated.In addition, as light emitting pixel 107 (such as LED) and light-receiving/detection pixel 148 (such as CCD Member), piezoelectricity pixel elements 111 and 113 can be used as array and be controlled, such as provide the phased array of directionality.

Each pixel of piezoelectricity input layer 194a and piezoelectricity input layer 194b also can be configured to sensing biological data, such as logical Receive and distribute the pressure oscillation of the instruction pulse (heart rate) of the main surface generation of abutment card 100.

Luminescent layer 198a and luminescent layer 198b is respectively formed one of the first luminescence unit 122 and the second luminescence unit 124 Divide and including independently addressable luminous member or pixel 107 (such as LED, OLED, LCD etc.).Although having been not shown, first shines Unit 122 and the second luminescence unit 124 may include one or more controllers, image processor and drive module, above-mentioned drive Dynamic decoded video data and first and/or second main side in card 100, main table of the resume module from Video Decoder Or decoded and processing data are shown in main surface.

Although being not shown in Fig. 7 A and 7B, in other embodiments as described herein, magnetic output layer 190a, magnetic output layer 190b, magnetic input layer 192a, magnetic input layer 192b, piezoelectricity input layer 194a, piezoelectricity input layer 194b and piezoelectricity output layer Each pixel in 196a, piezoelectricity output layer 196b, luminescent layer 198a and luminescent layer 198B includes electrode pair, it is each electricity grade with Row electrode is connected with column electrode, and above-mentioned row electrode and column electrode individually and/or independently can address or control specific pixel And/or pixel type is to be sensed and/or be emitted.This kind of pixel controlled in the array that may include each independent pixel member Location or position, on state, off state, sensitivity, intensity or transmitting or output level, operating time etc..It is described herein Other independent pixel elements such as RFID antennas or receiver similarly can be addressed and control.The electrode of each pixel elements can Be it is transparent, such as indium tin oxide (ITO) or sheet metal for example silver, so that light can be transmitted through wherein.This Outside, although each attached drawing does not show interlevel insulator, this kind of layer will be present in each layer heap it is folded between carry out electrical isolation and electricity The place of isolation, such as between the column/row line for stacking the adjacent stacks in S1 and S2.Due to various pictures described herein Primitive element by provide minimum optical attenuation and/or be the sufficiently thin material to provide minimum optical attenuation generate and thus be substantial Transparent, it shines and/or light detection pixel elements can be placed in a z-direction behind or below other pixel elements, and is right Performance has the influence of bottom line.If the optical attenuation by the pixel element for allowing light to pass through is unacceptable Height, light emitting pixel and/or light-receiving pixel elements can be moved to or be placed into the higher height of pixel stacking, i.e., perpendicular to pixel It is farther from substrate on the direction z on the surface of layer.Optionally, it is closer from substrate to reach can to provide the path of light for pin hole access The pixel elements of deeper inside.

Fig. 7 A and 7B, which are shown, stacks each pixel elements in the z-direction to form an advantage of pixel stacking.The application's is each Embodiment provides the density of per unit surface area highest feasible detection member and transmission unit, higher than previously known technology to obtain It is more.In one embodiment disclosed herein, since each side of card 100 or face include that multiple pixels stack and multiple Pixel layer, 14 functions including multiple technologies are present in the single plan view position in card 100, i.e., by x position and y The position of position restriction, each side have the function of seven；For example, see Fig. 9 D and 9E.

Fig. 8 A and 8B are the schematic diagrames of one embodiment of card 100a.Fig. 8 A shows a part of the first main surface 101 Plan view, Fig. 8 B show interception Fig. 8 A 8B-8B cross section view.Shown in card 100a and card 100 difference include Multiple optical transports or pin hole access 387a and 387b, above-mentioned multiple optical transports or pin hole access 387a and 387b are to be formed in first The mode of each multiple perforation or aperture 388a and 388b in array in luminescent layer 398a and the second luminescent layer 398b is set It sets.Since the first luminescent layer 398a and the second luminescent layer 398b are in the first mixing array 390a and the second mixing array 390b Position, the length or depth that optical transmission pathway 387a and 387b have are greater than the length or depth of optical transmission pathway 188a and 88b. Further, since the first light detecting layer 386a be formed in stack in S2 ' closer at the level height of the second closure construction 174b simultaneously Be formed in the second optical detecting unit 386b face on the side of substrate 370, the second light detecting layer 386b be formed in stack S1 ' in more At the level height of the first closure construction 174a and it is formed in the side that the second optical detecting unit 386a faces substrate 370 On, light-receiving/detection pixel density on each face of substrate 370 is less than the embodiment of Fig. 7 A and 7B.Also, it is respectively formed The position of aperture 388a and 388b in luminescent layer 398a and 398b are arranged luminous with card 100 shown in fig. 7 A and 7B Aperture position/arrangement of layer 198a and luminescent layer 198b is different.

In operation, the optical transport being incident on the surface 101 of the first transparent closure construction 174a passes through the first capping Structure 174a to each aperture 388a, above-mentioned aperture 388a allow light to enter optical transmission pathway as the aperture of type of pinhole 387a, the light of transmission march to light-receiving/detection pixel 148 of the first light detecting layer 386a along the direction of arrow 389a.It is similar , optical transport on the surface 102 of the second transparent closure construction 174b is incident on by the second closure construction 174b to each Aperture 388b, above-mentioned aperture 388b allow light to enter optical transmission pathway 387b as the aperture of type of pinhole, and the light of transmission is along arrow The direction of head 389b marches to light-receiving/detection pixel 148 of light detecting layer 386b.Each optical transmission pathway 387a and 387b with And the inside of optical transmission pathway 187a and 187b and other optical transports described herein or pin hole access can be coated with suitably For material to reduce or eliminate the reflection from each wall of optical transmission pathway 387a and 387b, above-mentioned reflection can be because be incident on each Light that axis on aperture, opening or hole 388a and 388b deviates and be directed at image blur.

It is needed in a certain manner across optical transmission pathway 387a, 387b of substrate 370 to be distributed for operating card 100a's Each element of multiple electronic components and device, to adapt to the array of each perforation or aperture 388a and 388b.Certain or all elements It can be distributed between each perforation 388a and 388b and/or various electronic devices can be designed to include each access.Light passes Defeated access 387a and 387b makes can have new capability in credit card shape.Since each perforation 388a and 388b is main first It is intensive in surface 101 and the second main surface 102, and due to the presence of optical transmission pathway 387a and 387b, above-mentioned light is passed Defeated access 387a and 387b effectively becomes pin hole access, and it is opaque or complete that light detection pixel elements 148 can be placed on part Imaging performance is provided behind complete opaque other elements, simultaneously to card 100.In the embodiment of Fig. 7 B, light detection is formed Each light detection pixel elements 148 of layer 186 are in " back " of the stacking for each pixel for being formed in ranks intersection, above-mentioned each pixel It is co-located with overlapped in plan view or mutual covering.More specifically, overlapped and covering each pixel Stacking also can be described as at least partly horizontally and being in the longitudinal direction arranged jointly in plan view, co-locate Or superposition, from the layer outmost or farthest from light detecting layer 186a or 186b to from the most the inside light detecting layer 186a or 186b Or nearest layer described in sequence, the stacking of overlapped and covering each pixel may include luminescent layer 198a or 198b The pressure of light emitting pixel member 107, the piezoelectricity output pixel 113 of piezoelectricity output layer 196a or 196b, piezoelectricity input layer 194a or 194b Electricity input pixel 111, the magnetic input pixel 150 of magnetic input layer 192 and the magnetic output pixel of magnetic output layer 190a or 190b 109。

It is although being overlapped on perpendicular to the direction in the first main surface 101 and the second main surface 102, i.e., main to first During the plane of surface 101 and the second main surface 102 is inspected, each pixel does not need the pixel for being completely covered on its " following ", or It does not need to be completely covered from substrate 170 more than 170 farther one from substrate pixels of an other pixel in same row or stacking Close pixel.In addition, in an example embodiment, each pixel in upper layer relative to following pixel or can compare upper layer In the pixel pixel closer from substrate 170 slightly offset, staggeredly or inclination.This kind of offset can be because the accuracy of manufacture produces Raw, or it is to provide for the more directapath from specific pixel to the first closure construction 174a or the second closure construction 174b. In an example embodiment, from card 100 side or edge check when, the stacking of adjacent pixel can be rendered as pyramid Shape, each pixel ratio outside from substrate 170 from substrate 170 closer to pixel it is smaller.In another example embodiment, often A adjacent pixel is approximately uniform size, is extended outwardly as pixel is stacked from substrate 170, the stacking of each pixel is rendered as shape At high building shape.In yet another embodiment, each adjacent pixel in stacking or column with farther with a distance from substrate 170 and Dimensionally increase, is rendered as the shape with slightly inverted pyramid.In another lower example embodiment, pixel is stacked on the side x To on the direction y width and length by the pixel stack in maximum pixel member limit.It is evident that pixel be stacked on it is vertical Directly upwardly extended in the side of substrate 170, and thus each pixel stack " vertical " far from the extension of substrate 170 to form three-dimensional image primitive matrix Column, each pixel form the two-dimensional array of each row and each column i.e. when checking relative to card 100 from plan view, and pixel stacks 98 extend outwardly away from card 100.

In the example embodiment of Fig. 8 A and 8B, various pixels and/or pixel elements are arranged in and are configured at and extend vertically Pixel stack 378 in.In the example embodiment of Fig. 8 B, from outmost or most shallow pixel elements to it is innermost or most in The pixel elements in face, it is defeated including light emitting pixel member 107, the light detection pixel elements 148 of apparent surface, piezoelectricity that each pixel stacks 378 Pixel elements 113, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 111, magnetic input pixel elements 150, the magnetic output pixel member for being followed by substrate 370 out 109.The light detection pixel elements 148 that pixel stacks for any specific pixel stack 378 be located at the card opposite flank of 100a, face or On surface.By the way that " a " and " b " to be used for the various pixel elements of Fig. 8 b, the pixel on the opposite flank of substrate 378 stacks 378 It constructs as follows:

Light emitting pixel member 107a

Light detection pixel elements 148b

Piezoelectricity output pixel member 113a

Piezoelectricity inputs pixel elements 111a

Magnetic inputs pixel elements 150a

Magnetic output pixel member 109a

Substrate-substrate-substrate (370)

Magnetic output pixel member 109b

Piezoelectricity inputs pixel elements 111b

Piezoelectricity output pixel member 113b

Light detection pixel elements 148a

Light emitting pixel member 107b

Optical transport or pin hole access 387a for example then extend through each pixel elements of the first pixel stacking 378, pass through Substrate 370 then passes through the second picture being placed on the opposite flank for the substrate 370 for stacking 378 relative to above-mentioned first pixel Element stacks 378.Therefore, because the embodiment compared to Fig. 7 B passes through or extend through more pixel elements or pixel layer, light is passed Defeated or pin hole access 387a and 387b provides improved light collimation because of more much longer than optical transmission pathway 87a and 87b and subtracts Few obscures or defocuses.As described in the present application, pixel stack 278 each pixel elements property of can choose and independently controlled System has at least one conducting or state of activation or mode and at least one shutdown or not state of activation or mode, and includes picture Element stacks 98 all controllability features.

It should be appreciated that it is each stack S1, S2, S1 ' and S2 ' each layer sequence can with Fig. 7 A into 8B discribed row Sequence is different.In addition, can be wrapped on each side of substrate 170,370 than discribed attached drawing according to present embodiments More or less layers are included, but include at least light-receiving/detection layers and luminescent layer on each side of substrate 170,370.This Outside, above-mentioned luminescence unit and light-receiving/detection unit can be placed on it is each stacking S1, S2, S1 ' and S2 ' in identical layer Or in identical height level, however in such embodiments, it is multiplexed above-mentioned light-emitting function and light detection function preferably to subtract Noise/interference between few each light detection member.In an example embodiment, light emitting pixel member 107 is in the first time interval phase Between operated.During the first time interval, light detection pixel elements 148 are turned off to prevent from light emitting pixel member 107 The noise of the light of transmitting and interference.When light emitting pixel member 107 is turned off, chest detection pixel member 148 can be operated with Light is collected in the case where the interference for not having light emitting pixel member 107.This light emitting pixel member 107 and light detection pixel elements 148 are answered The overexposure or saturation of light detection member 148 are reduced or prevented with, timing or timing.More generally useful, card 100 is designed to pass through the application The physical location and multiplexing, timing or timing avoid the crosstalk or interference between various pixel elements.For example, defeated to magnetic 109 timing of pixel is out to be operable to avoid to input the interference of pixel 150 with magnetic.

In certain embodiments, since piezoelectricity member receives and transmits movement, sound and/or vibration, above-mentioned piezoelectricity input layer " higher height " being placed in pixel stacking is benefited from piezoelectricity output layer；That is, farther from substrate and close above-mentioned pixel heap Folded outer surface to allow users to more easily detect movement, sound and vibration, and enables each piezoelectricity member to be easier Ground receives movement, sound and vibration.Piezoelectricity pixel elements are placed deeper in pixel stacking, the round-trip piezoelectricity pixel elements of signal Travelling route is longer, and above-mentioned signal is attenuated when passing through each middle layer or each pixel elements with above-mentioned signal.Pin hole access can be with By provide from the outside of mixing array to the more directapath of piezoelectricity member more deeper than other pixel elements in pixel stacks come Mitigate certain signal decaying.

Magnetic input pixel elements and magnetic output pixel member minimally are influenced by each intermediate pixel layer or each pixel elements. Since this kind of pixel elements have small effect to other pixel elements in pixel stacking or do not influence, magnetic dependence pixel elements can To be placed on deeper inside in pixel stacks；I.e. when being conducive to the master-plan of pixel stacking, magnetic inputs pixel elements and magnetic Output pixel member can be placed than other pixel elements closer to substrate.

In another example embodiment, each light detection pixel elements 148 and each light emitting pixel member 107 can be used as list A semiconductor junction is operated, and above-mentioned single semiconductor junction can be according to the voltage and polarity of voltage being applied on the semiconductor junction To collect and emit light.Therefore, in an example embodiment, luminescent layer and light detecting layer can be same layer.Certainly, when same When one semiconductor junction operates in two different modes, in the first light-emitting mode provide light under the second light-receiving mode into The ability of row detection compares each layer progress separate configurations and operation has more challenge.

The operation of the various single pixels of card 100 can be carried out in a manner of allowing each pixel to carry out mixed mode operations Multiplexing, timing or setting timing.For example, in data communication, for example processor 110 can via module and/or processor for card 100 With operate at the beginning light emitting pixel member 107, then operation magnetic output pixel 109, then operation light emitting pixel member 107, then Operate magnetic output pixel 113.Of course, it is possible to carry out any combination of operation, and if receiving device is defeated via password, biology Enter, " knowing " the specific data sequence such as speech recognition it is associated with specific user, then transmitted from card 100 to the data of receiver A possibility that safety is enhanced, and reduces interception.

In addition, Fig. 7 A to 8B shows each illustrative diagram, these illustrative diagrams only indicate the suitable of each element Sequence, it is not necessary that instruction size or shape and be not intended to about can be changed according to each feature of the application and other descriptions Layout and design field in technical staff and be restricted, layout and design field be, for example, super super large-scale integration (VVLSI).Also, it is noted that the depth for collecting member to light is developed, provides the card 100 of apeture lens effect The use of thickness light is limited to the right angle of almost Perfect close to card 100, light detected is limited to directly in aperture The light of front and being limited to reflects the light into aperture from object and (may be derived from the LED output of card 100, provide object From illumination).

Fig. 9 A-9E, which is shown, to be stacked or is constructed according to the pixel of each example embodiment of the application.

Fig. 9 A shows the perspective view that pixel stacks 780, and it includes the output being placed on substrate 88 that above-mentioned pixel, which stacks 780, Or it transmits pixel elements 782 and inputs or receive pixel elements 784.The benefit of pixel stacking construction be far from or perpendicular to substrate Output pixel member 782 is configured at the ability in superimposed structure on 788 direction, to provide in compact arrangement or construction Transmitting and detection function.Pixel stacks 780 and can be covered by film or coating 786, and film or coating 786 can wrap Multiple pinhole openings 790 are included, each pinhole openings 790 is opened on pin hole access 792.The pixel shown in Fig. 9 A stacks In 780 embodiment, each 792 part of pin hole access is formed in film or coating 786, is partially formed in input or transmission Extend in pixel elements 782 and in the z-direction.In another embodiment, it is illustrated as being formed in the needle for the corner point that pixel stacks 780 Hole opening 790 and associated pin hole access 792 may be located remotely from pixel and stack 780 placements, and can regard in the z-direction in plane Be placed in when being checked in figure pixel stack 780 center at or immediate vicinity.In another embodiment, single pinhole openings and Access can be placed at the center of pixel stacking or immediate vicinity, such as shown in fig. 9d.The advantage of the construction is to pass through Each pin hole access 792 make received light collimation ability, scheme to improve and be created by the received light of multiple pin hole accesses 792 The ability of picture.

The pixel that additional pixel elements can be added to Fig. 9 A stacks 780.For example, Fig. 9 B shows the picture of Fig. 7 A and 7B Element stacks 98 perspective view.As described in the present application, it includes the multiple pixels for being formed in or being placed on substrate 170 that pixel, which stacks 98, Member.Above-mentioned pixel elements include the light detection pixel elements 148 being placed adjacent with substrate 170.With 148 spacing distance of light detection pixel elements Light emitting pixel member 107 is placed.It placed multiple pixel elements between light detection pixel elements 148 and light emitting pixel member 107.? In the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, above-mentioned multiple pixel elements include magnetic output pixel member 109, magnetic input pixel elements 150, piezoelectricity input Pixel elements 111 and piezoelectricity output pixel member 113.In the example embodiment of Fig. 7 B, above-mentioned multiple pixel elements are placed to create heap Folded, above-mentioned stacking is extending outwardly away from substrate 170 in a z-direction with the sequence.Pixel stacks all pixels member in 98 It is in a z-direction arranged superposed.Pinhole openings 188a is formed in light emitting pixel member 197 in the corner point of light emitting pixel member 107, Pin hole access 187a is formed in magnetic output pixel member 109, magnetic input pixel elements 150, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 111 and piezoelectricity output The corner point of pixel elements 113, extends in the z-direction.Pin hole access 188a is provided to light reaches light detection pixel elements 148 without wearing Cross the path that pixel stacks 98 each external pixels member.In an example embodiment, photoresist layer (not shown) can be placed With will be received by light detection pixel elements between the outer surface of light emitting pixel member 107 and the upper surface of light detection pixel elements 148 Light is limited to travel across the light of pinhole openings 188a and pin hole access 187a, so as to improve light collimation and to by multiple light The image of 148 creation of detection pixel member provides improvement.In one alternate embodiment, intermediate pixel layer can be configured to stop with people Light, and no longer there is the layer of the blocking light of separation.In an example embodiment, pin hole access 187a, which can be applied, is reduced reflection Material with reduce axis deviation light reach light detection pixel elements 148.

The pixel that Fig. 9 C shows Fig. 8 A and 8B stacks 378 perspective view.As described in the present application, pixel stacking 378 includes Multiple pixel elements, above-mentioned multiple pixel elements are formed in or are placed on substrate 370 with the overlapping cloth or construction that extend in a z-direction On.Each pixel elements include the light emitting pixel member 107 placed with 370 spacing distance of substrate, also with 370 spacing distance of substrate and place Light detection pixel elements 148 between light emitting pixel member 107 and substrate 370.Each pixel stacking further includes being placed in light detection Multiple pixel elements 380 between unit 148 and substrate 370.In the embodiment of Fig. 9 C, identical pixel stacks 378 and is placed In on the opposite flank of substrate 370, so that the pin hole access 387a for being placed in the corner point that pixel stacks 378 extends through substrate Pixel on 370 upside or top side stack 378 all pixels member, across substrate 370 and extend through the downside of substrate 370 Or pixel on bottom side stack 378 pixel elements 380 and terminate at light detection pixel elements 148.Similarly, it is placed in relative to needle The pin hole access 387b that the pixel of hole access 387a stacks 378 opposite corner point extends through the downside or bottom side of substrate 370 On pixel stack 378 all pixels member, across substrate 370 and extend through pixel on the upside or top side of substrate 370 It stacks 378 pixel elements 380 and terminates at light detection pixel elements 148.As long as the operation of various pixel elements does not interfere with each other, above-mentioned Multiple pixel elements 380 may include each pixel elements described in Fig. 8 B, or may include other pixel elements.Pixel stack 378 it is excellent Gesture is compared to other pin hole energy circuits described herein, and pin hole access 388a and pin hole access 38b are relatively long, thus logical Multiple pin hole 388a are crossed to improve picture quality.

Fig. 9 D is shown according to the pixel of the example embodiment of the application stacking or pixel column, above-mentioned usually with 800 instructions Pixel stacks or pixel column is stacked from the pixel of Fig. 7 A, 7B, 8A and 8B and pixel layer construction is different.Multiple pixels stack 800 shapes It Cheng Yu and is arranged on substrate 804 and can be arranged in the first side of substrate 804 and in second opposite side surface, and including more A pixel elements layer 802.Since the pixel nearest from substrate 804, each layer 802 include monochromatic source or transmitter pixel elements 806, Light detection pixel elements 808, the main light emission pixel elements 810 that may include red, blue and green components, magnetic output pixel member 812, Magnetic output pixel member 814, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 816, piezoelectricity output pixel member 818 and elastomeric polymer layer 820.According to light Whether need to be received or transmit by polymeric layer 820, polymeric layer 820 can be transparent in an example embodiment , or can stop and/or absorb light in another example embodiment.Polymeric layer 820 is logical including vertically extending pin hole Road 822, i.e. pin hole access 822 vertically or orthogonally extend with substrate 804, with pin hole on the outer surface of polymeric layer 820 Opening 824 is opened.Pinhole openings 824 and pin hole access 822 are placed and can be placed by center far from the edge that pixel stacks 800 It is stacked in 800 in pixel.Barrier material layer 826 is placed between polymeric layer 820 and piezoelectricity output layer 818 to stop in addition to wearing Cross the opening in barrier material 826 or the optical transport in gap 828, opening or gap 828 allow as shown in arrow 830 from The optical transport or the light-receiving as shown in arrow 832 of monochromatic pixel elements 806 and/or main light emission pixel elements 808.The light received passes It is defeated to pass through transparent pixel elements 818,816,814,812 and 810 to be received by light detection pixel elements 808.It will opening or space 828 It is placed as being aligned with pin hole access 822 and/or pinhole openings 824, and there is matching pin hole access 822 in the exemplary embodiment And/or the size of pinhole openings 824.In one alternate embodiment, pin hole access 822 can extend through at least pixel elements 818,816,814 and 812 in luminescent layer 810 to open.In an example embodiment, it is generated by piezoelectricity output pixel member 818 Sound can be transmitted through pin hole access 822.However, it can leave from additional pin hole (not shown), above-mentioned additional pin hole It is arranged to and the additional position that sound leaves card 100 is provided, to increases the amplitude of the acoustic energy emitted by card 100.Fig. 9 D Construction provide and stack 800 by pixel and generate for example colored abilities of monochromatic light or multi-frequency.In an example embodiment, Main light emission pixel elements 810 can be removed, and pixel, which stacks 800, can only emit monochromatic light.It is by the light that monochromatic source 806 emits Highly coherent, this is an attribute of activator appliance, which can be used for being benefited in some applications.Therefore, Ke Yi The pixel stacking 800 that pixel stacking or pixel column are formed on card 100 is provided better than previously described each pixel layer and construction Advantage.Although being not illustrated in Fig. 9 D, substrate 804 can reflect the light directly emitted in a downwardly direction towards substrate 804 by light emitting pixel, It is set to be reflected away from substrate 804 upwards.Optionally, reflecting layer can be placed between substrate 804 and light emitting pixel member 806.

Fig. 9 E shows multiple pixels and stacks 870, and it includes extending to be in overlapping relation in the z-direction that above-mentioned pixel, which stacks 870, Multiple pixel elements.It includes at least one transmission pixel elements or reception pixel elements that each pixel, which stacks, at least one receives pixel Member or transmission pixel elements deviate, staggeredly at least one direction in the direction x and the direction y relative to one transmission pixel elements of Wang Or inclination.This orientation of each pixel elements can be described as being overlapping, or the overlapping that is staggered.For example, the example in Fig. 9 E is implemented In example, monochromatic light emitting pixel member 806 is deviated relative to light emitting pixel member 810 in the x direction and in y-direction.In addition, in Fig. 9 E Example embodiment in, light emitting pixel member 806 and light detection pixel elements 808 in the x direction and in y-direction relative to pixel heap Folded 870 other pixel elements offset, other pixel elements that above-mentioned pixel stacks 870 include magnetic output pixel member 812, magnetic input picture Primitive element 814, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 816, piezoelectricity output pixel member 818 and light emitting pixel member 810.The advantage of the construction of Fig. 9 E is The position of pin hole access 822 reduces and those pictures as far as possible in the corner point of each pixel elements 810,818,816,814 and 812 The interference of primitive element.Each pin hole access 822 is opened in emerging detection pixel member 808, and is provided respectively for light emitting pixel member 806 and light detection pixel unit 808 optical transport and light-receiving path, detected to provide by light detection pixel elements 808 Light improved collimation and provide the collimated light from light emitting pixel member 806.Although being not shown in Fig. 9 E, substrate 804 can reflect the light directly emitted in a downwardly direction towards substrate 804 by light emitting pixel 806, it is made to be reflected away from substrate upwards 804 or reflecting layer can be placed between substrate 804 and light emitting pixel member 806.

The above description of the layout of each component of above-mentioned card 100 will be not considered restrictive.Theory is arrangement (above-mentioned luminous component covers each luminous component near each main surface and only by transparent membrane or other transparent surfaces, above-mentioned Bright film or other transparent surfaces allow light to issue and be received), needs lead to each smooth collection portion of the sight line outside card 100 It is substantially perpendicular that part, pin hole or channel design etc., above-mentioned pin hole or channel design ensure that light collects pixel reception in light absorption The light that the light and limitation come in surface can enter, therefore memory accepts and believe the light data collected by array, above-mentioned light data The reliable image of the thing of card 100 can be formed close to.For the magnetism of magnetic input and magnetic output function and auditory function Element and piezoelectric element carry out tactic placement to play maximum efficiency.Sound, which generates, and sound receives piezoelectricity member may need to lead to To the sight line on surface.Magnetic element can need to lead to the view on surface and can each component and nonmagnetic layer masking.

For including pin hole access to reach each reality of pixel layer more deeper than other pixel layers and pixel elements or pixel elements Example, such as Fig. 7 B, Fig. 8 B and Fig. 9 E are applied, the position that pin hole terminates is formed with light detection pixel elements, above-mentioned light detection pixel elements A part is shown in such as Fig. 9 A-9C.In the embodiment of Fig. 9 E, pin hole access 822 extends through multiple pixel elements, termination In light detection pixel elements 808.The pattern for each pixel elements that pin hole access 822 extends through is logical with pin hole in the embodiment of Fig. 9 E Road 822 is adjacent, for example, light emitting pixel member 810, piezoelectricity output pixel member 818, piezoelectricity input pixel elements 816, magnetic input pixel elements 814 and magnetic output pixel member 812 formed and pattern and be arranged to provide the optimal of each pixel elements relative to pin hole access 822 Operation.In addition, the Controllable Active region, controllable that the activation or activation region to each pixel elements described herein are defined More than electrode pattern or geometry can interlock, deviate or incline relative to pin hole access described herein, i.e., in the x direction It is placed on the direction y, to provide optimal construction and arrangement, i.e., the geometry of controllable active region.Regardless of each section pixel elements Position, when there are this kind of access, any layer including pin hole passage portion will have Controllable Active region or coordination electrode Pattern, above-mentioned Controllable Active region or coordination electrode pattern are arranged in the position geometrically relative to pin hole access.

Can add other component, above-mentioned other component emitted energy or collect energy, for example, solar energy or quantum dot or Trap, thus surface design constantly variation over time.Quantum dot emission coherent light simultaneously collects light as solar battery. Certain form of energy must have the sight line for reliable reception, other energy can be enclosed in understructure.Mesh The preceding any and all electronic circuits being enclosed in each layer being layered can include but is not limited to electric power distribution, data point Match, signal wire, ground wire, battery, processing, memory, adapter such as network adapter, and can identifiably be embedded into letter With the substantially any and all electronic circuit in card shape.For not being the shape of credit card, it is assumed that their dimensions in office It is larger on upper especially thickness, it can be extended about suitable thing in the limitation of the electric power and size of shape.For compared with Small any shape, lesser any shape, certain ideas are changed especially on thickness；However, the application's is general Thought still has.It is contemplated that each pixel described above may be with time-evolution, and this kind of differentiation can be in each picture It provides and is further decreased so that stack size minimizes, to potentially provide more spaces to more high density in the size of element Pixel or give other kinds of pixel, such as quantum or solar energy trap or point.

Electrically, block 100 each layer can by addition insulating layer (not shown) come with isolated from adjacent, it is above-mentioned absolutely Edge layer is optically transparent, or each adjacent layer of card 100 can share electrical connection.For example, two adjacent layers can be total to It enjoys single ground plane and/or two adjacent layers can be with share voltage source.These configurations reduce the cost of production card 100.? Other electrical connection configurations can be set to supply voltage and provide ground wire to each pixel of card 100.For example, electrical connection can To be upwardly extended in the side perpendicular to substrate 170.

The sensitivity of each pixel described herein can also availability based on cost, electric power and size etc. occur Variation.Make the resolution ratio of imaging higher with highly sensitive each pixel such as magnetic input pixel 150, and higher spirit is every Degree can improve other performances, such as track the precision of calculating.Although higher resolution was once equal to higher electric power, new skill Art such as LED makes the display that high resolution is able to carry out while using electric power more lower than many competitive technologyLs.Card 100 It is configured to using currently available technology and is adapted to the technology updated, the technology of above-mentioned update provides higher efficiency, lower Cost and need less energy to be operated.

According to each embodiment of the card 100 of the application in a manner of stacking each card on supporter or 100 will be blocked directly The mode being stacked on the top of another card 100 provides data sharing or data exchange (for example, in the switch mode function of card 100 When energy).Due to the stacking or column property of various pixel layers, the top that card 100 is directly stacked in another card 100 can have It is upper and there is no gap between each card 100 or with the ability of zero air void, so as to so that respectively transmission pixel and each reception pixel It is fully aligned to carry out reliable data transmission between various transmittings or output pixel and various reception pixels.Due to this Ability, it is desirable to which any data of " master " card 100 (sending the card of data) shared can be assigned to " from " of stacking Receive card 100.Therefore multiple cards 100 can load data, above-mentioned data are, for example, instruction, chart, social network content, amusement Project or main card 100 wish the substantially any data shared in given transaction.Answering for data sharing is carried out in this way The process more safety and time-consuming that data will likely be made mobile with program development are less.For example due to each pixel elements Light emitting pixel member 107 can transfer data to each light detection pixel elements 148, provide multiple data transmission and reception paths, Card 100 is than that can carry out data transmitting from its surface more quickly by its network connection.For example, card to card data transmitting configuration It can be transmitted with 1000GBPS speed or with 10 to 100 times of the speed, and network at present can not be with rank big in this way Speed is transmitted.

Since card 100 can be configured to which main surface 101 or 102 of the card 100 that identification stacks towards another card 100, it carries out signal exchange or establishes communicating and starting intercard communication, heap can be carried out in any way by blocking 100 two sided function Fold each card.The two sided function of card 100 may include that the mode of data transmitting is carried out between the card 100 of multiple stackings.For example, One or more card 100 in card stacking can translate data, and accordingly ensure that compatible data quilt in stacking data transmitting All cards 100 are received.In the method for reliably carrying out data encryption and decryption, each card 100 can share a part Data, wherein only when correct card 100 is stacked (or even being limited to the temporal appropriate moment), they can just combine it Data content simultaneously generates a functional data group to indicate the ciphertext data for being intended to be passed.By using being stored in server Data and make data with pointer, this method can be used to be become not limit by the data volume of the progress reliable mobile of card 100 System, and safety parameters better than for any other method known to applicant data transmit.

In the embodiment that one suspends, card 100 may include each magnetic element, and above-mentioned each magnetic element makes to be stacked in The first card on second card suspends and is positioned.These cards are operated independently of physics depressed place.For example, passive fixed magnet can At certain positions in the nucleus of card 100, above-mentioned nucleus is, for example, in above-mentioned substrate 170 or 370, on Stating certain positions will steadily make two cards 100 suspend without interfering card reader to read the ability with data.Although in outstanding In floating state, at least one pixel of the luminescence unit in first or second luminescence unit 122,124 on the first card 100 It is aligned with the pixel of an optical detecting unit in the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 on the second card 100 faced, And at least one pixel of an optical detecting unit in the first and second optical detecting units 126,128 on the first card 100 It is aligned with the pixel of a luminescence unit in the first and second luminescence units 122,124 on the second card 100 faced.One It, can be in predetermined, safe mode to the above-mentioned light-receiving/detection pixel 148 faced and hair in a example embodiment Light pixel 107 is aligned.

In an example embodiment, card 100 may include the electromagnet (not shown) of multiple current controls, suspend/fixed Level controller unit or magnetic suspension unit 147 can be configured to that electric current is arranged to each electromagnet so that other similar outfit Card is suspended in another card.Magnetic suspension unit 147 can by dedicated magnetic suspension controller (not shown), by processor 119 Or by being controlled with the processor of 147 one of magnetic suspension unit.Figure 10 A-10B shows the card 100c's including suspension function Example, card 100c can otherwise have any card structure disclosed herein.As shown in Figure 10 A, card 100c has The central area or core of multiple independent electromagnet 910-926, above-mentioned multiple individual electromagnet 910-926 embedded in card 100c In, such as in above-mentioned substrate 170 or 370.Each electromagnet 910-926 includes coil, the electric current in above-mentioned coil It can for example be controlled by magnetic suspension unit 147 to issue the magnetic field strength for corresponding to controlled current value.Certain or institute Have electromagnet 910-926 can be can inverse pole electromagnet, so that the polarity of electromagnet is according to being that positive current or negative current will be applied It adds to the coil of electromagnet and changes.

Each electromagnet 910-926 is electrically connected with suspension control circuit (not shown), and above-mentioned suspension control circuit can be A part of data exchange unit 146 shown in Fig. 2 can be simultaneously integrated in Card processor 110.Figure 10 B shows card The card 100d, above-mentioned card 100d of 100c outfit similar with another in discribed z-axis or in vertical direction magnetic suspension in Block on 100c.For stability, at least one electromagnet 910-926 for blocking 100d for example blocks the electromagnet 916 and 920 of 100d It is polarized the electromagnet 916 and 920 to attract card 100c, and can be used by suspension control circuit (such as PID controller) Feedback loop adjusts one or more electromagnets continuously to keep the relative position of card 100c and 100d.

Although having been not shown, every card 100c and 100d may include multiple electromagnets, and above-mentioned electromagnet is to predefine Angle be configured to provide the accurate control in magnetic field, above-mentioned magnetic field can mobile card 100d and be accurately held in it appoint In the dimensions of what three descriptions, such as using electromagnetic change card 100d is translated up in x-axis, y-axis and/or z-axis side with high precision And/or about x-axis, y-axis and/or z-axis revotating card 100d.In an example embodiment, card 100c can be assumed as main card-like State, the card 100d of covering can be assumed as from card-like state, so that main card 100c controls the positioning to card 100d.It can be via in card One of the first or second luminescence unit 122,124 of the card 100c (or card 100d) of different localized positions on 100 face Or multiple pixels and one or more pixels of first or second optical detecting unit 126,128 pass through by face of opposite card 100d The specific wavelength of light and pattern of the specific part transmitting of the main surface of the card 100c (or card 100d) of (or 100c), to determine card The distance between each point of 100c and 100d.Such as known visual pattern or magnetism by emitting known dimensions on a card Image enables another card to check the image of known dimensions, and the distance between each card is then determined using parallax, can Determine the distance between card 100c and card 100d.

Figure 10 C show suspension control circuit generation as a result, above-mentioned suspension control circuit makes card 100d by card 100c It suspends, turns to block 100d and carry out axis about axis in the y-axis direction by each electromagnet 914,920 and 926, with mobile card The negative x-axis side of 100d reaches up to angle, θ in negative z-axis side.In one embodiment, card 100c and 100d may include one or Multiple photophores and complementary light-receiving/detection member (not shown), only when each card 100 is least for progress initial handshake And make complementary light-receiving/detection member alignment when placing in a predetermined manner relative to another card, the light of above-mentioned complementation Reception/detection member could be aligned to generate the detection signal for example more than predetermined electric power/duration threshold level. For example, Figure 10 B and 10C show dotted line 928 and solid line 930, above-mentioned dotted line 928 indicates that the light-receiving pixel in card 100c can be with It receives and the direction of detection side, above-mentioned solid line 930 indicates that the light emitting pixel of card 100d can emit the direction of light.In Figure 10 B It can be seen that, the light-receiving pixel for blocking 100c does not receive and detects the photon stream emitted from the light emitting pixel of card 100d, still Figure 10 C, which is shown, to be adjusted rear all directions 928 and 930 in three dimensions via magnetic suspension control and is aligned.Although Figure 10 B and 10C shows the light-receiving pixel of a pair of of light emitting pixel, but can set at each relative position for being not orthogonal to each card surface Multiple light-receiving pixels and light emitting pixel pair are set, such as with a variety of acute angles in face of main surface relative to card 100c and card 100d It is configured.In one embodiment, the communication respectively between card 100c and 100d may include the form of encryption, in the encryption Under form, each relative position for blocking 100c and 100d carries out cyclically-varying in certain specified mode, thus in light emitting pixel Correspondingly switching communicates between 107 and the different subsets of light-receiving/detection pixel 148.In this way, respectively card 100c and 100d safely can be communicated with each other optically very much.

It should be appreciated that card 100d and 100c shown in Figure 10 A-10C can be related to a card and belong to buyer, another card category In the seller the case where, above-mentioned buyer shows credit card image, and the above-mentioned seller shows bar code, and both sides can need in the bar code It provides bio-identification (ID), and both sides also carry out common browsing, shopping etc. with identical platform.Since card 100 mentions Bilateral communication performance is supplied, card 100 can also provide the channel by intermediary such as lawyer or property company.Therefore, buyer Card 100 may include providing the encoded information of " cashier's check " from buyer bank.Above-mentioned intermediary receives " bank's sheet automatically Ticket " data and automatically transmitting encoded information indicate the net profit of sale to the card 100 of the seller.This kind of intermediary's transaction can also wrap Include other situations of knocked down condition, team sales, and the tripartite involved in transaction or more side.

Abilities of multiple cards 100 of located side by side generate another feature of card 100 in a stack, for provide it is dynamic, Interim storage.Although each individually card 100 includes the memory 114 (referring to fig. 2 with 6) of limited quantity, each list Usually at least part with its memory 114 can be used for only card 100.By multiple cards 100 of located side by side and make to store Shared model has a Zhang Kawei control card or main card, then the available memory of each card 100 in the stacking of each card 100 can be It needs to be assisted in each function of than the one more amount of storage of the available amount of storage of card 100.Although this kind of storage demand is logical It is often temporary, but with the high speed communication performance of card 100, the stacking of each card 100 is capable of providing in a variety of contexts low The expansible storage of cost, above-mentioned a variety of environment include the environment unfavorable to environment.Since this kind of interim storage is flexibly, can expand Exhibition and shared on multiple actual positions, the interim storage of multiple cards 100 forms interim cloud storage.

Figure 11 A is the schematic diagram of the bracket or mechanical depressed place 1002 according to the application configuration, above-mentioned bracket or mechanical depressed place 1002 It can be used for providing the space, gap or distance of measurement between multiple cards 100e and 100f.Depressed place 1002 includes multiple slits 1010 and 1012, above-mentioned slit 1010 and 1012 is separated by ridge 1014 and is configured to mutual predetermined spacing distance D supports each card 100e and 100f.Above-mentioned predetermined spacing distance d is according to card 100e and 100f in above layers and each picture The ability of information is transmitted and received between element to establish.In an example embodiment, spacing distance d can be in 1mm to 2mm's In range.Although depressed place 1002 configures each card of horizontal alignment, Figure 10 B shows a reality in vertical depressed place 1020 Apply example.Vertical depressed place 120 includes multiple slits 1022 and 1024, and above-mentioned multiple slits 1022 and 1024 are separated and configured by ridge 1026 Each card 100e and 100f is supported at mutual predetermined spacing distance d.(do not show in another example embodiment In out), depressed place direct neighbor or mutually can abreast support each card 100e and 100f in single slot, in each card 100e and 100f Adjacent surface between there is the smallest distance or there is no a distance, i.e., the adjacent surface of each card 100e and 100f contacts with each other.

For example each depressed place 1002 and 1020 in each physics depressed place can be used for any card to card data transmitting, hold between especially each card The continuous time transmits compared with the data of item.Transmitting can also be by keeping together two cards while making above-mentioned card alignment with substantial It is overlapped to realize.Although making the completely overlapped optimal alignment for having been provided for transmission pixel and receiving pixel of two cards, every The module and/or processor 110 of card 100 can analyze all available pixels to determine which pixel receives data and ignorance not It is aligned and/or other does not receive any pixel of data.Magnetic levitation technology described herein can be also used for carrying out short week Phase or the transmitting of macrocyclic data.Magnetic levitation technology can by keeping two cards very close in for example mutual 1mm or It contacts with each other to improve the safety of data transmitting, so that the data for reducing the edge beyond any card as far as possible transmit hair It penetrates.

Each depressed place 1002 and 1020 can also include charge function, which can be by engaging each card 100e's and 100f The spring or elastomeric brakes (not shown) of the load of charging electrode provides, and above-mentioned charging electrode is, for example, shown in fig. 6 fills Electrode 184.Although in addition, the height in each depressed place 1002 and 1020 can be set into covering card 100e and 100f, Figure 11 A and The discribed each embodiment of 11B provides the exposed portion of each card 100e and 100f, for for example to each card 100e's and 100f Main surface 101 and 102 carries out user's input and control, to show image while being charged or transmitting data to complete It transmits or encounters and remind user when asking, or provide other information to user.It is appreciated that the quantity of slit may be such that two Any actual quantity of communication is able to carry out between above card.Furthermore, it is possible to only provide a slit for charging and/or leading to Believe depressed place, which can connect via serial communication and charging cable such as USB cable with another equipment.

Two or multiple cards 100 can be placed in (not shown) in supporter, and above-mentioned supporter is very accurate wherein Ground is aligned each card, and the supporter can provide external magnetic force in tolerance or physical force not damage each card, use simultaneously In between each card without making the alignment of each card in the case where apparent air space, gap or distance.It for this purpose, can be with Setting pin and guiding device are as surface characteristics, or small recess or groove can be arranged on each edge, for 100 phase of card The function of prestige does not have effect, but is aligned for making one to block 100 with another card 100, such as make card 100e and card 100f Alignment, or a card is made to have identical or compatible technique equipment with fully-integrated (such as the display unit on PC, which has and shape A part for being formed at the identical mode of the mode of card 100 is simultaneously fully integrated in the PC, is able to use so that institute is functional Processor, software and the Network attachment of PC) alignment.

Figure 12 A-12C is that example is swiped the card the schematic diagram of bracket, and above-mentioned bracket of swiping the card may be used as portable POS card reader, With for example professional office, meeting, flea market, red-letter day, fairground, commutative set meeting, food car, individual between etc. and passing It trades in system retail and wholesale environment.These brackets may be used as the bracket that docks, locks and swipe the card, and can be for docking Two different orientations be adjusted, such as horizontally or vertically.

Figure 12 A is according to the side view of the portable bracket 1102a that swipes the card of an example embodiment, and wherein card user can be with Insertion card 100g, then horizontally or vertically brush another card 100h, thus block 100g can read it is virtual on card 100h Or physics magnetic stripe.At least card 100g is according to one embodiment of the card of the application, and blocking 100h can be the card according to the application It either include the card of " tradition " type of physics magnetic stripe.The bracket 1102a that swipes the card includes the first slit 1104 and the second slit 1106, between the first slit 1104 and the second slit 1106, the first slit 1104 and the second slit 1106 hold section 1116 respectively Na Geka 100g and 100h.Section 1116 has a thickness so that the magnetic field line from magnetic stripe magnetic stripe 104 as escribed above can be worn It is detected thoroughly and by the magnetic input layer of card 100g magnetic input layer 192a and 192b as escribed above.Although having been not shown, block 100g It can be securely arranged in the first slit 1104, by being frictionally engaged in the first narrow of a part of (not shown) as periphery It is surrounded in the variant of slot 1104 or is simply fixed in position appropriate when completing transaction.In one embodiment, One slit 1104 and/or the second slit 1106 can extend so as to block discribed overlapping in 110g and/or card 100h ratio Figure 12 A It is more or less.In an example embodiment, the bracket 1102a that swipes the card can be hand-held, or for example pass through adhesive or folder It holds structure and attaches to another object.

Figure 12 B be swipe the card bracket 1102b an example embodiment cross section view, the bracket 1102b that swipes the card may be used as Ginseng formula or cabinet type brushing card device.The bracket 1102b that swipes the card includes upper bracket portion 1120 and base portion 1103, and above-mentioned base portion 1103 attaches to Upper bracket portion 1120 or a part as above-mentioned cradle portion 120 are integrally formed, and above-mentioned base portion 1103 is mentioned to upper bracket portion 1120 For bearing and stability.Base portion 1103 further includes base upper surface 1111.It is noted that " upper surface " is such for convenient It indicates, surface 1111 can be orientated in the multiple directions for being not necessarily described as "upper".The bracket 1102b that swipes the card is further Including place or be formed in the first slit 1108 in upper bracket portion 1120, place or be formed in upper bracket portion 1120 second Slit 1110 and the section 1118 being placed between slit 1108 and 1110, above-mentioned first slit 1108 form dressing card 100g's A part of periphery, above-mentioned second slit 1110 accommodate the card 100h to swipe the card.In another embodiment, it is not provided with base Portion 1103 is that cradle portion 1120 can be held or be placed on surface.Upper bracket portion 1120 can carry out in any orientation Orientation, for example, the orientation extended in wherein slit 1108 and 1110 along the direction parallel with base upper surface 1111 and other take To.

Slotted opening (not shown) is placed at the one end for the bracket 1102c that swipes the card, is swiped the card with allowing to block 100g insertion Bracket 1102c.Figure 12 C shows the cross section view for the bracket 1102c that swipes the card, and the bracket 1102c that swipes the card is to embodiment shown in Figure 12 B It modifies, provides and brush traditional card or according to the card of the application when increased operating characteristics.As indicated in fig. 12 c, it swipes the card branch Frame 1102c includes upper bracket portion 1122 and may include base portion such as base portion 1103.Upper bracket portion 1122 includes the first slit 1124, the second slit 1126, the section 1130 that is placed between the first slit 1124 and the second slit 1126 and the first opening or Window 1112, above-mentioned first opening or window 1112 are formed in section 1130 and are placed in the first slit 1124 and the second slit So that card 100g can carry out optical communication with the card of swiped through slit 1126 between 1126.Upper bracket portion 1122 further includes second Opening or window 1114, above-mentioned second opening or window 1114 are placed on the outer surface 1128 of slit 1124 Yu bracket 1102c Between with can check card 100g and/or to card 100g carry out user's input.Although having been not shown, at least one opening/window 1112,1114 include lateral parts to support a part of the bracket 1102c for the top 1124a to form slit 1124.Use One opening or window 1112, the bracket 1102c that swipes the card be also used as data transmitting bracket between each card 100g and 100h into The transmitting of row data.

It should be appreciated that operating card according to one embodiment of the portable bracket of swiping the card of the application may include power supply 100g and/or card 100h, it charges to card 100g, and/or the expansion use of card 100g is provided when in bracket of swiping the card. In one embodiment, each bracket can be via universal serial bus or bluetooth^TM, electronic tablet or Wi-Fi access node and with it is another One equipment is coupled in communication or is docked, another equipment is, for example, mobile phone, laptop.In addition, bracket of swiping the card is appointed What embodiment may include one or more openings formed by optically transparent material or window, to provide light between each card It learns communication and/or makes it possible to card 100g and/or block the first main surface 101 or the second main surface 102 progress user of 100h Input.In addition, the one embodiment for bracket of swiping the card may include operating element (not shown), for example, it is hard on cradle portion or base portion Key, so that one or two card user can carry out interface connection with card 100g, card 100h and system 1 (referring to Fig. 1).

Figure 13 is the schematic diagram of conventional or traditional magnetic brush card POS reader 1200, can be described as card reader or letter With card/debit Card processor 1200.Reader 1200 includes traditional Magnetic reading head 1212, slit 1202,1204 and of display unit One group of operation hardkey 1206, above-mentioned slit 1202 block adjacent with Magnetic reading head 1212, above-mentioned display unit 1204 for example for guiding It is LCD touch panel display unit, although certain readers do not include operation hardkey.Reader 1200 further includes power feeder 1208, data feeder line 1210 and shell 1214, above-mentioned power feeder 1208 are powered to reader 1200, above-mentioned data feeder line 1210 enable reader 1200 to be communicated with remote authentication server (not shown).Power feeder 1208 and it is placed in shell Electric connector 1209 at 1214 rear sides connects, and data feeder line 1210 is located at the data of the shell of reader 1200 located below Connector connection.

Figure 14 shows the example POS card reader 1300 according to the application.It is different from conventional card readers 1200, card reader 1300 do not include the slit for swiping the card, and instead flatbed manner is read and writen.As shown in figure 14, reader 1300 Including reader body 1301, auxiliary display part 1302 and operation hardkey 1303, although another embodiment can not include One or two of auxiliary display part and operation hardware.Card reader 1300 further includes communication display unit 1304 and shows around communication Show the frame 1306 in portion 1304.Card reader 1300 includes power feeder 1308 and electric connector 1309 to provide power feeder Connection between 1308 and reader body 1301.Card reader 1300 further include data feeder line 1310 and data connector 1311 with Connection between data feeder line 1310 and reader body 1301 is provided.

It around the frame 1306 of communication display unit 1304 can be configured to that there is certain shape and be positioned to keep card 100 flat Row is placed in close to communication display unit 1304.Such as frame 1306 can only include the first side and 1306a and adjacent second side Face 1306b, above-mentioned first side and 1306a and adjacent second side 1306b are from the outside of communication display unit 1304 or outside Surface raises upward, be higher than or the outside of remote anti-communication display unit 1304 or outside surface, the first side and 1306a and second Side 1306b can sulk including interior angle 1314 to assist user that card 100 is placed on communication display unit 1304 and make user Card 100 can be skidded off from the direction of first side 1306a and second side 1306b along member.In another embodiment, entirely Frame 1306 has (soft) the adopted Bodhisattva of such as plastics on a left side in the top protrusion of the outside of communication display unit 1304 or the surface of outside The ejection part (not shown) on side and right side is holded up or tilts card 100 upwards, thus user can catch edge 105 to fetch card 100 or without difficulty from reader body 1301 pick up card 100.In one embodiment, the magnetic suspension function of blocking 100 can also To be present in the point of sales system based on terminal of more modern version, the point of sales system based on terminal of more modern version makes point of sale System can make card 100 suspend, and be moved away from communication display unit 1304 to eliminate touch or contact will block 100.Card 100 is moved Ability from communication display unit 1304 can contribute to pass through reduction can easily remove card 100 from reader main body 1301 The propagation for infecting disease is prevented with the contact of reader body 1301 and can contribute to protection card 100 from abrasion.

Communication display unit 130 can sulk the card 100 including the application each element and can include at least photophore with Optical receiver/detector, and along at least magnetic strip reader/writer of region 1312a and 1312b, photophore and light-receiving Device/detector is, for example, to describe about first/second luminescence unit 122,124 and first/second optical detecting unit 126,128 Those elements.In this way, reader 1300 optical communication and can read with according to the card 100 of the application The magnetic stripe of legacy card and the card 100 according to the application configuration.

Although conventional reader can be replaced by the reader reader 1300 as escribed above according to the application, Because if not seeing that tradition is swiped the card case, POS system will not be run, it may be necessary to (be swiped the card by the card reader of traditional type Case) it is communicated.In this case, easily configuration can be used to swipe the card case to imitate tradition, above-mentioned convenient and fast configuration Traditional magnetic brush card POS component is converted to the form used for being more suitable for each card feature disclosed herein, especially optics Feature such as light detection pixel 148 and light emitting pixel 107, including plate read, without removing traditional card reader.Such as Figure 15- Shown in 15C, simplified attachment mechanism is can be used in supplier, and optics display unit/reader artificial card 100 of the application is simple Ground is attached to traditional reader or case of swiping the card (or the new display unit/reader for the card 100 for being more closely similar to the application), above-mentioned simplification Attachment mechanism be, for example, big envelope that industrial 2 double faced adhesive tapes and design have rubber sheet gasket, to be carried out firmly with conventional reader Docking.It may also need to load software into the POS system of the type, this is well known in the art or can be easy to carry out Configuration is managed with the appropriate operation to above-mentioned each element.

Figure 15 A is the schematic front view of conventional card readers 1200 and card reader 1300a, and above-mentioned card reader 1300a is to above-mentioned Reader 1300 be converted modification.Reader 1300a includes extending or protruding from the inner surface 1316 of reader 1300a Component 1422, front panel 1424 and multiple side walls 1426.In an example embodiment, component 1422 outstanding vertically prolongs It stretches far from inner surface 1316.The slit 1202 of conventional card readers 1200 can be inserted in component 1422.Component 1422 and side wall 1426 It is shown as behind plate 1424 in front with dotted line and guiding reading device 1300a covers conventional reader 1200, although another reality Applying example can not include extension 1422 and/or side wall 1426.Adhesive 1428 can be placed on conventional reader 1200 So that reader 1300a is fixed on conventional reader 1200 between reader 1300a.Reader 1300a and conventional reader 1200 can also be fixed by fastener, hot riveting and other fixed systems.Reader 1300a is placed with and tradition Reader 1200 is slidably engaged, as shown in arrow 1440；That is, being read when prominent or component 1422 slides into slit 1202 Device 1300a slips over conventional reader 1200.Once reader 1300a is placed as shown in fig. 15b with conventional reader 1200, read Reading device assembly 1318 device 1300a combined with the formation of conventional reader 1200.Figure 15 B is the reading device assembly 1318 of combination Front view schematic diagram.

Figure 15 C is the rearview schematic diagram of the reading device assembly 1318 of combination, shows and reads mill device for connecting tradition It 1200 and reads the line of power line and data line between the device 1300a of mill and configures.Reader 1300 includes power out connector 1438, data connector 1442, reading device assembly 1318 includes the external electrical line of force or interconnecting piece 1430, external data line or connection Portion 1432, interconnection power line or interconnecting piece 1434 and interconnection data line 1436.The external electrical line of force or interconnecting piece 1430 provide class It is similar to the function of the power feeder 1208 of magnetic brush card or conventional reader 1200, external data line or interconnecting piece 1432 provide similar In the function of magnetic brush card or the data feeder line 1210 of conventional reader 1200.The external electrical line of force 1430 passes through electric connector 1309 It powers to device assembly 1318 is read, external data line 1432 is provided for example by data connector 1311 from server, place Reading device assembly 1318 is given in the PERCOM peripheral communication for managing device or other function or operation equipment.It interconnects power line 1434 and is exported in electric power and connected It connects and extends between device 1438 and electric connector 1209, interconnection data line 1436 is being placed in magnetic brush card or conventional reader 1200 On data connector 1211 and the data connector 1211 that is placed on reader 1300a between extend, in magnetic brush card or biography Electric power is each provided between system reader 1200 and reader 1300a and data contact.Electricity of the line 1434 in reader 1300 Power output 1438 and the power inlet connector 1209 of conventional reader 1200 between be attached with provide reader 1200 with Power communication, connection or link between 1300a, line 1436 is in data out connector 1430 and data input connector 1211 Between be attached and contacted, connected or link with providing the data between reader 1200 and 1300a.

Figure 16 A is according to the schematic diagram of the subscriber card 100 of the line version of an example embodiment, although each reality of card 100 It applies example and is also configurable to line version or non-line version.Connecting line equipment or patching apparatus 1510 can connect with another equipment 1502 Connect, above-mentioned connecting line equipment or patching apparatus 1510 include head end 1514 and tail end 1516 and line 1518, above-mentioned head end 1514 with Card 100 carries out interface connection, and above-mentioned tail end 1516 is connected by the interface such as serial port of equipment 1502 with equipment 1502 It connects, the above-mentioned line 1518 including wiring and/or optical fiber is configured to connect and attach to tail end 1516 for head end 1514.Connecting line equipment 1510 are communicated with one or more layers each layer as escribed above of card 100.Therefore, line or connecting line equipment 1510 can carry out Optic communication, magnetic communication, auditory communication are communicated by other methods.

Connecting line equipment 1510 can be used for acquiring data from card 100 and transmit data to another equipment such as equipment 1502.In addition, line 1510 is configured to transmit data and/or electric power to card 100 from equipment 1502.Line 1510 can be also used for Configuration and/or reset card 100.Equipment 1502 may include such as mobile phone, smart phone, electronic plane, laptop, offer The transformer equipment of power conversion, vehicle and other equipment with interface that is compatible or being applicable in.The many of contemporary version Equipment 1502 may include one or more ports, such as Fire Wire^TM, USB, HDMI, lOOfaseT, or other certain classes The serial or parallel port of type will act as the interface of the tail end 1516 of connecting line equipment 1510.

Although Figure 16 A shows one embodiment that connecting line equipment 1510 is attached to main surface 101 by magnetic, line is set Standby 1510 can be fixed or be arranged adjacent to the main surface 101 of card 100 or main surface 102 in many ways.This kind of attachment Including suction disc type attachment, magnetic attachment or suction disc type attachment and magnetic attachment being provided on line head end 1514 to attach to card surface 101 or card surface 102, including or using the head surface that for example will be described in more detail below on the surface of line 1510 1522a or 1522b be supported on the surface 101 of card 100 or the physical support or fixture on surface 102 including or use by head surface It is held in the clip on surface 101 or surface 102 or keeps other certain machines of the relative positioning between card 100 and line 1510 Structure.In another example embodiment, line may include multiple line head ends, and each line head end is configured to adjacent to any Surface 101, surface 102 are placed, but each line head end can respectively attach to any surface, thus via surface 101 and table The communication in face 102 can occur simultaneously.In another example embodiment, a part of of line 1510 can be held against card table Face 101 or card surface 102.In yet another embodiment, connecting line equipment 1510 can be to provide redundancy or higher data transmitting speed Multiple surfaces of this kind of line can be held in card 100 by a part of the bilateral line of degree, clip, fixture or bracket simultaneously Each side, so that communication is occurred simultaneously by card surface 101 and card surface 102.Clip can attach to the head of line 1510 End 1514 simultaneously becomes fixed by magnetism, so as to quickly and easily disconnect head end 1514 from card 100.

Figure 16 B shows the schematic side view of the example embodiment of line 1510.Connecting line equipment 1510 can have head 1514 configurations (such as at right angle) being at an angle of with line 1518, or can be at all without for example embedded configuration of angle.Figure 16 B institute The line shown is embedded line 1514, and above-mentioned embedded line 1514 includes the part 1520 containing magnetic element, and above-mentioned magnetic member can To be that permanent magnet or electromagnet, the either ferroelectric material of the complementary ferroelectric material of attraction or permanent magnet or electromagnet can be set It is placed in card 100.These complementary magnetic materials are formed as certain shape and are positioned so that line head 1514 attaches to main surface 101 or 102 predetermined region.In another example embodiment, magnetic output pixel 109, which can produce, attracts magnetic field, Above-mentioned attraction magnetic field can be crossed to be detected in head end 1514 mobile close in the region on card surface 101 or surface 102.

In one embodiment, figure can be used in the light-receiving detection unit 126 or 128 to work together with processor 110 Close line is identified as identification or the optic communication between card main surface and line head surface, and includes magnetism in card 100 It is for example accordingly shone by the transmitting from light emitting pixel member 107 in the close main surface 101 of partial Town Card 100 Bright or otherwise accordingly indicated, above-mentioned magnetic part is attached line head 1514.The card 100 of above-mentioned line version can be with Electric power is obtained from main equipment 1502 to allow card 100 to expand the operation of the intensive member of electric power, such as shows relevant element.For example, Line head 1514 can with dressing wireless power conveying mechanism, such as the solenoid on line tip, above-mentioned solenoid be embedded in Coil (not shown) interaction in card 100 is to provide charging current.Line can be modular.In a reality for enabling line It applies in example, server 200 (Fig. 1) can determine card 100 whether close specified mobile phone or mobile device.For example, if one Or two specified equipment nearby block 100 be more likely to by license user carry out reasonable employment, card 100 can keep off it is another It is disabled when a license and associated device.

Figure 16 C is to show the main view of the line 1510 of head surface 1522a on head 1514.In an example embodiment In, head surface 1522a may include optical element and/or magnetic element, such as similar to the above-mentioned main table for being present in card 100 Light emitting pixel, light-receiving/detection pixel, magnetic input pixel and the magnetic of magnetism and optical element below face 101 and 102 export picture The mixing array of element.Line head 1514 includes conversion circuit (such as microelectronic circuit), and above-mentioned conversion circuit can will be from tail End 1516 the received serial or parallel stream compression of serial port change into established between card 100 and line 1518 based on light It learns and/or based on the data transmitted on magnetic channel.It line head 1514 also can will be from the received optics of card 100 And/or magnetic data is converted into transmitting the serial or parallel data flow of the interface at the tail end 1516 of a line 1510.When attached When being connected to main surface 101 or main surface 101, card 100 and line 1510 carry out the exchange of magnetic and/or optical signalling, in above-mentioned magnetic Property and/or optical signalling exchange in, it is logical that 100 identification informations of the transmitting card of line 1510 simultaneously carry out optics with the equipment 1502 that is connect Letter and magnetic communication.Therefore, line 1510 can be electric by the conversion powered in line 1510 such as head 1514 with dressing Sub-circuit carrys out transportation work standard traffic format.It is appreciated that head surface 1522a may include any son of mixed pixel array Collection, such as only light emitting pixel and light-receiving/detection pixel.Tail end 1516 shown in the tail end of line such as Figure 16 B can wrap The conventional equipment such as earplug, earphone, loudspeaker is included, such as replaces serial or parallel interface.

Figure 16 D is the side view of line 1510a, and above-mentioned line 1510a includes respectively holding the head connected by line 1518a at it 1514a and 1514b.Each head 1514a and 1514b be it is substantially the same and can it is identical as above-mentioned head 1514 or It is similar.The present embodiment may be used to provide the connection of the optics between card 100 and a head end 1514a of line 1510a, Yi Jilian Optics connection between another head end 1514b and another optics and/or magnetic interfaces of line 1510a.For example, line 1510a can be used for from card 100 transmit optical delivery data to include similar to card 100 mixing array (not shown) hand Machine or meter reconciliation Computer display portion.In an example embodiment, each head end 1514a and 1514b includes conversion circuit (example Such as microelectronic circuit).For example, the one or more CCD pixels for being set to a line head end 1514a can receive from card 100 The received photon stream of institute is simultaneously converted into electric signal by received one or more photon stream, and above electrical signal is transferred by another line Conversion circuit at head end 1514b converts back photon stream.Similar conversion can be from line head end 1514b to line head end It is carried out in the opposite direction of 1514a.

In another embodiment, line 1510a may include the optical channel across line 1518a whole length, thus Above-mentioned conversion circuit is not needed.Figure 16 E is the main view or rearview of head 1514c, wherein the surface of head 1514c 1522b includes at least one optical fiber 1524.Although Figure 16 E shows a branch of 7 individual optical fiber, head 1514c can be with Including more or less fibers.

In one embodiment, card 100 and system 1 provide clone's card.Card to card clone can be by considering Figure 10 B-10C Shown in respectively card understood that such as card 100d is the card to be cloned or " original " card, card 100c is according to the mesh of the application Mark card.Figure 17 A and 17B, which are shown, can be used the example legacy card 1600 that card 100 is cloned.As shown in Figure 17 A, legacy card 1600 the first main surface 1601 include it be the instruction of driver's license, the image 1602 of holder, holder fingerprint 1604, hold Smaller image 1606, retina scanning 1608 and other information and image such as identification information, due date, the water of witness Print 1616 and/or hologram.Figure 17 B shows the second main surface 1610 of legacy card 1600, and above-mentioned second main surface 1620 can To include magnetic stripe 1612, bar code (not shown), watermark 1616 and general other letters for seeing in the opposite sides of licensing Breath.Certainly, Figure 17 A and 17B, which is illustrated only, is able to use according to cloned a variety of of the card 100 and system 1 of the application or seemingly One kind of unlimited kind of card.The card of various " can clone " includes other cards 100, credit card, bank card, business card, manager card, safety Identification card, registration card and other cards.As another example, social activity ensure card can store in card 100 multiple projects it In or can be used for card 100, so that card 100 and system 1 may be used as the single or multiple identification cards of official or can show the peace of information Full memory and display unit.

Each clone operations can be tracked by transmitting or providing card 100 and receive card 100, so as to detect " trace is to help to ensure the clone for only executing license by clone.Parent, relative, friend, affiliate etc. may want to them Card finite part cloned with by another party carry out using.Since card 100 includes acquiring biology letter from the user of card 100 The performance of breath, card 100 can need the biological information of the license holder from card 100 to allow to clone.The biology A part as clone's " trace " is included by data, to respectively permit to be recorded for trackability.The sequence of clone Also a part as clone's " trace " is tracked, so that every father's card 100 is for known to subcard 100.Implement in an example In example, every card 100 is used for the unique identifier of trackability with its own.It can be seen that card 100 and system 1 can be User provides positive, certain, reliable and encryption information, such as identification information.

Figure 17 C is to show the schematic diagram that clone operations are carried out between card 100 and legacy card 1600.Full-scale credit card The card 100 of construction is able to use first in face of 102 lower section of main surface 101 or main surface of the card 100 of the first main surface 1601 Optical detecting unit 126 or the second optical detecting unit 128 capture the institute in the first main surface 1601 for being present in card 1600 respectively There are art designing, text, figure, image, hologram etc., as indicated by multiple arrows 1614 between each card.Capturing the first main table After the information in face 1601, card 1600 is reversed and repetitive process is to capture the information of the second main surface 1610.The card 1600 of capture Information can be stored in card 100 and/or in server 200 (referring to Fig. 1), such as card 100 memory 114 in or can By in transaction/access of ID/ access card administrative unit 234 database 250.When selected, the master of the card 1600 of capture The image in face 1601 and 1610 can with mirror image correction come show and can with the mirror image correct be shown simultaneously, To the result is that being cloned to the number of simulation legacy card 1600.It is appreciated that certain legacy cards may need only to the single of card Side is captured.In this case, block 100 one embodiment can be configured to only in a main surface 101 of card 100 or Show that the card unilateral side image of capture, or two main surfaces 101 and 102 of card 100 can show identical unilateral capture on 102 Image.

Help for counterfeit devices to be maintained at for carrying out the magnetic stripe (or magnetosphere) of communication or signal exchange in clone Stack outside.That is, the combination of the optical imagery and magnetic stripe of close card 100 is so that public enemy is difficult to have manufactured no Enter the mixing in the case where whole counterfeit devices.In the case where proprietary encrypted combination not disclosed herein, When counterfeit is required to carry out signal exchange and constructs its magnetic stripe or magnetic picture using each section of whole surface to carry out The signal exchange of second stage, it will will fail.In addition, having typical standard in data handling, including transmission and reception period Encryption.Card 100 and system 1 disclosed herein in certain embodiments reconnection initialization and it is only initial or Initial signal exchange.These steps can also be relative to the piezoelectricity member for being included in card 100 and comprising the whole instruction description Each sense of hearing embodiment is added to the sense of hearing third function of sound output and input in the whole surface on two sides of card 100 Energy.

In another embodiment, the card for being related to medical insurance or other medical product services can be used card 100 and be System 1 is imitated or is cloned.In this case, above-mentioned medical card may not have any magnetic stripe, but replace including item Shape code, Qr code etc. can be with, the perhaps places on the back side of card in magnetic stripe.May the imitation of this kind of card will be unable to correctly show, When especially both sides require to be imaged.Typically, this kind of card is read by medical support staff, and above-mentioned medical treatment support staff can Can magnetic stripe instrument may it is unavailable but when necessary image the optical acquisition hospital environment or minimized office that still may occur In room

The relevant card of this kind of medical treatment generally requires to be cloned.In the U.S., for example, health insurance is often associated with employment, thus In any specific family, although the owner that a people may mainly block, many other people may need to carry They.

The advantages of Secure Transaction is carried out in the case where medical card may not only include that certification card user is licensed, Er Qie In avoid malpractice the case where.According to example embodiment, even if someone is unconscious or reactionless, surgery such as is carried out in plan In the case where the anesthesia people of operation or accident victim with known identities, specific formality or diagnosis can be with someone's safety Ground association.In such cases, the biological characteristic of the people can be readily available, such as fingerprint.Therefore, biological characteristic and its He can authenticate identification information in the way of operating room, to for example carry out corrective procedure to the right limb of correct people.Phase Same card can be continued to comprising being related to all of diagnosis, offer second level medical treatment such as physiotherapy, allergy, prescription etc. Information.Thus the people that is tracked safely may even be moved in the case where being not concerned about and losing tracking information in last minute Different facilities.Naturally, it can also be carried out by enterprise customer using with still with the identical virtual card that the card of other storages is completed Negotiate treatment rate and other details while medical waiting room, or ongoing in formality while simply arranging to holding Continuous parking carries out wireless payment, or carries out buying appropriate.Due to above equipment can with being such as previously mentioned elsewhere to Hospital provides value purposes, and for same hospital, there are motivations to allow patient to come in this way using the equipment, not with Mobile phone known mode in this kind of ring mirror carries out excessive interference.If necessary or necessary, hospital, which can pass through, limits local area The access of network and wired network is made by limiting the communication type carried out on local area network and wired network with limiting device Permission.

With the development of technological progress, card 100 will have more pixel densities (shine, the output of light-receiving, magnetic, magnetic input, Piezoelectricity input, piezoelectricity output etc.) every measurement unit (such as square inch).In this way, the card 100 of more new edition always can be from older The card 100 of version receives data.Since increased pixel density only needs how to be aligned to prevent the knowledge being accidentally aligned, such as may be used With by considering that card 100 and card 100 ' shown in Figure 18 A understand, wherein the pixel densities of two cards are not this grades, substantially The compatibility of card to card communication (i.e. face-to-face) be guaranteed.It as shown in figure 18b, can be with according to the old card 100 of the application Pixel density with X*Y, new, " next generation " blocks the 100 ' pixel densities that can have such as 10X*10Y, such as by card 100 ' Relatively deeper shading shown in.Neocaine 100 ' can carry out certainly the compatible data transmitting carried out by the array distribution in each piece Dynamic programming.For example, as shown in figure 18b, 100 pixels 1710 of card 100 ' can be converted by blocking 100 pixel 1700.

Two cards 100 or a card 100 with include the other equipment similar to the technology of card 100 with various sizes of In the embodiment of main surface, as shown in figure 18 c, by by biggish bi-directional display portion self-adjusting size and adjust automatically size at Smaller bi-directional display portion, data can be propagated in the whole surface in the smallest bi-directional display portion, i.e., biggish display Portion reduces the operational size for each pixel for being communicated or being shown automatically and is reached with meeting smaller bi-directional display portion better Pixel for pixel is carried out under alignment condition.As shown in figure 18 c, lesser card 100 is in an overlapping manner against including being similar to card The larger surface 100i of 100 display technology is disposed.Data transmitting can be based on the minimum centimetre of available communication pixel, alignment etc. Mother uses the available communication pixel of maximum quantity.

In this way, dynamic this application provides user is provided while keeping all POS and internet marketing performance Machine uses the given configuration with maximum bi-directional display portion to replace the equipment of other schemes.

Examples detailed above illustrate it is a kind of may optimal technology, i.e., be readily able to be communicated with old card it is same When, as technology hair enables and the shape of card is made to increase by 100 times of its handling capacity.The framework of data transmission and reception method is not It must change, only density changes (until it is desirable that being changed to single pixel transmitting or single light detection (such as CCD) collection algorithm When, immediately during this time, aging method still can be by including the communication conversion by old card 100 or changing into neocaine example The place's method for such as blocking the form of 100 ' understandings is automatically derived support).As the density on card 100 is higher and higher, increasingly may The presence for increasing invisible watermark, since human eye can not detect them, each pixel is not detracted from image.However, advanced soft Part can detecte the invisible of each pixel from unique identifier and the verification method such as watermark for being intended to provide image Emitting a kind of mode for realizing this method is the frequency using height specific to each pixel for indicating watermark.Another method be Know which pixel is intended to check to people, which pixel is to be interpreted as more than scheming when carrying out rasterizing appropriate to image As but formed watermark.

Fig. 1 is gone back to, now each function that server 200 executes is described in detail.Server 200 includes processor 228, multiple functional elements and database are with the various functions for executing system 1.Above-mentioned functional element includes card/use Family authentication unit 230, value analytical unit 232, transaction/ID/ access card administrative unit 234, tracking cell 236, docking unit 238 And data delivery management unit 240, the use of 236 pairs of above-mentioned tracking cell cards, pattern and relevant to card 100 and user Other historical informations are tracked, and are docked 238 pairs of unit cards 100 and are managed with docking for various equipment, data delivery management Unit 240 by the data exchanging function that card 100 is handled to not being managed, but each embodiment of server 200 can be with Including additional or less functional element.

The processing of card/user authentication unit 230 to identify, log in, publish and the relevant process of related security features.One In a example embodiment, card/user authentication unit 230 can require user to carry out " hard to log in ", and above-mentioned " hard login " includes warp It obtains a series of biological characteristics from card user by the authentication unit 142 of card 100 to read, which reads can be with need It is wanting and it is available as many and can be obtained with given sequence, uniquely to be known with certainty substantially completely Other user and the service that the user identified is logined to card 100 and support card 100.When user wishes or as system requirements, This can be or will be periodic, such as daily activity is once, but further using and (actually using every time) to card 100 Still the accidental biological characteristic of bottom line can be required to log in, i.e., compared to " the soft login " logged in firmly, to reinforce card 100 Secure context.If user falls card 100 or has lost it, based on from the event past time, by user carry its His abutment element detect with the degree of approach (distance) of card 100 or the quantity of predetermined unsuccessful soft login attempt, Card 100, which can be published partially or completely and be entered, needs the login step of most quantity to restore the functional complete of card 100 Safe mode.

In an example embodiment, card 100, which logs in, can move to computer and electronic equipment screen, wherein once User logins card 100 firmly, card log in during (such as after one day) login each machine can by when specified The specified place of the screen of another computer or other electronic equipments (such as computer or the large screen of other equipment can inform Where card 100 is placed in log in or other data are transmitted by user) it swipes the card or fixing card is completed.In this way, coming From in card 100 and from support card 100 service to user it is identified guarantee in a simple step rather than It is completed in a series of complex, time-consuming step.User may take complicated login step once a day, and relative to short shape The login (less biological characteristic authentication) of formula, setting continue how long until the login step that needs these complicated next time or The trade user of what scale of person or type wishes the login step of card 100 and the above-mentioned complexity of associated service request.Hereafter, The machine of traverses network is for example rendered as by machine even can meet and substitute out-of-date login test come login service Such as CAPCHA^TMBy the hard login of card 100 in the degree of (the public turing test for differentiating computer and the full automation of people) Function and soft login function are realized.In an example embodiment, card/user authentication unit 230 can be such that card 100 is being used for At least one is obtained from user via the authentication unit 142 of card 100 when carrying out substantially almost real-time or any transaction in real time Preferably the biological characteristic of two or more forms is read, and is being preset most in (confirmation) biological attribute data of confirmation Such as card reads or closes when not presenting in the several seconds of write-in card 100 and shuts the book in few time, to protect users from Identity theft or the fraud of any other form.The rank or grade of the biological characteristic of transaction-based requirements can be by system 1 and/or works Combination for the preference or system 1 and card user of card user is configured.For example, except the biological characteristic that system 1 is arranged is read Grade outside, the grade for requiring the biological characteristic type of at least more than one can be set in user.In addition, user can be set One transaction level, above-mentioned first transaction level can require single biological characteristic and password to access card information, obtain cloning certain Ability, progress financial transaction of a little card informations etc..The energy for more blocking 100 information to the access of card information, clone of higher level Financial transaction of power, higher value etc. may need to be related to two kinds of biological characteristic inputs and the more detailed of more complicated password steps on Record process.Each rank needs the rank for increasing identification and unauthorized user to be grabbed automatically by card 100 access of card 100 Firmly and record risk.

It can be seen that card 100 and system 1 disclosed herein allow it is heavy, tediously long by less frequently executing Or multi-step login process and be relatively frequently for example frequently executed as every transaction lighter, less interminable Login process to card 100 and its all properties carries out highly safe use.Although heavy login process is time-consuming, later Utilize the fact that equipment will not be published from system 1 completely, except non-user not within the time of given quantity with lighter Login process reuses card 100, or unless trigger close to alarm or any other alarm (such as distorting alarm), so that Heavy login process will carry out again.Since all processes can be encrypted and be complicated.Such as it is high-definition Fingerprint is read, and the heavy login process that whole day is kept under these particular conditions is in the feelings that heavier login process is not present Lighter login process is only needed relative to each transaction under condition and provide the user the protection in quite big degree.

In another example embodiment, can by object gram in safety check look into and be added to by the authentication unit of card 100 142 and/or server 200 card/user authentication unit 230 handle biological characteristic login function.In the present embodiment, block 100 can provide charge-coupled device (CCD) or light reading element and magnetic reading element, with authentication unit 142 and/or card/use Family authentication unit 239 spectrum of object such as finger can be gone through together with video map and with static figure As, object gram in pacify in the degree of magnetic field or both mapping of field or object.That is, young by being carried out to still photo Examining is looked into, i.e., to time difference of the photo and captured each photo that shoot in order, object gram in pacify field or magnetic field or two The video frame of person is compared analysis, and authentication unit 142 or card/user authentication unit 230 can draw a conclusion about the object. A kind of such determination is the presence of pulse, and above-mentioned pulse is generated via the capillarity of mammal living and heartbeat.Separately A kind of determination be to the finger of fingerprint or user gram in peace field analyze.Another determination is the scarcely perceptible pulse in capillary system It fights position, micro- pulse location in above-mentioned capillary system is unique, and scarcely perceptible pulse for each individual as fingerprint Fight, each stacking chart of capillary and fingerprint it is similarly unique for each individual.By combine these types data and its His module such as capillary form, login function can use this data group merging to be handled it to judge whether The limit of qualified (or unqualified/refusal) is met.It should be noted that these same characteristic features to card 100 provide " you also " the existing ability of the user of detection card 100 under mode.If card 100 is placed in pocket, is in wallet or biological by user In the no longer available other positions of characteristic information, card 100 can assume that user no longer actively using card 100, and card 100 then can be into Enter to await orders or close pattern, the card 100 that locks automatic simultaneously prevent from being used only until that suitable biological characteristic is available.

Above-mentioned value analytical unit 232, which can execute usual task associated with the user, must for example reduce, carry or very Whether to scanning discount coupon and other discount codes, and it is locally available to automatically determine quotation.In an example embodiment, work as user When in given position, the location information generated by the position units 144 of card 100 and retrieval is can be used in value analytical unit 232 Network 210 determines locals of dealing or other quotations or nearby stores and generates and convey message to card 100 to remind use Family has indicated that other this kind of chances of transaction that he/her to be ready in relation to nearby transaction or user.Therefore, user can be Any dealing that can be carried out in neighboring area is kept understanding while done shopping and bought commodity and service.Implement at one In example, value analytical unit 232 can notify user's quotation relevant to the transaction in progress but without completion or chance, This kind of transaction is not necessarily local in the geographical location or entity place of user.

In an example embodiment, value analytical unit 232 or the service optionally blocked in 100 can provide many filterings Device or precondition or preference, thus user can be configured it is certain to indicate to be ready to receive to be provided by the seller or broker Information, the undesired advertisement for filtering off various a part for being considered as the service as support card 100 simultaneously.

Revealed card 100 and system 1 provide simple, extensive agreement, and above-mentioned agreement makes user it is expected information Content personalization.For example, when card user creation list of requirements or knowing the project on Shopping List or list of requirements from system 1 When more than 2 folding, user can be apprised of via card 100 meet his/her standard object it is available and reasonably approaching In degree, the above-mentioned degree of approach is another factor that user can be set to filter, and above-mentioned filter can be having from project The distance of query.In another embodiment, when 100 user of card finds the particular offer of specific project, card 100 can basis Whether participate in the quotation of company's signed and provide this category information via network or wireless network to provide the user with and participate in the report The automatic notice of each company of valence.

The transaction of the server 200/execution of ID/ access card administrative unit 234 card 100 credit card function (such as to credit The management of card function).In an example embodiment, card 100 can have with credit card and other it is traditional it is embedded swipe the card or The total structure that reading mechanism is mutually compatible with.Card 100 thus the old technology of magnetic brush card can be used, to any " magnetic brush card " or appoint The magnetic reader of what traditional slot-type is quickly compatible with.Due to there is display unit, many boundaries become " unbounded ".It is not necessary to aobvious Show credit number, if for example, display such as only last 4-digit number user selection card can be set into the display function of card 100 100 function, if necessary to which with when needed, user can see all available informations.It need to be kept in mind that, a kind of card 100 use is that the face that first passes through to Surface scan, again imitates all hard cards from front and back by display unit.

Figure 20-23 shows one of the card 100j interacted while being in a fixed position with conventional reader Example embodiment.As described in each modification about card 100 and previously discussed card 100, card 100j includes light detection pixel Member 148 and magnetic output pixel 113.Module is imitated by implementing traditional tape and traditional tape imitates program, and card 100j can be It is interacted while holding is in a fixed position with conventional card readers.Since card 100j can be from many sources such as RFID, light It is learning, magnetic, piezoelectricity etc. to obtain data, card 100j can prepare and/or convert the data be can be by conventional card readers 212 The form of reading.

Referring to Figure 22, traditional tape imitates module and is shown simultaneously totally with 280 instructions, with card reader shown in Figure 13-15 It is mutually compatible.It includes sensor data module 282, sensor data analysis module 284, magnetic head area that traditional tape, which imitates module 280, Module 286, data preparation module 288 and data transmission module 290.Traditional tape imitates module 280 and can partially be placed In or positioned at processor 110, magnetic output layer 190a and/or 190b or card 100 in other suitable positions in.Conventional belt Item, which imitates module 280, can receive initial conventional reader interface signal, so that sensing data module 282 starts to operate.This is first Beginning conventional reader interface signal can be the signal of the module (not shown) in processor 100, from processor To the signal period property of module in 100 traditional tape imitate module 280 to run and find out or identify conventional card readers example As conventional card readers 1200 or user can choose the conventional card readers function of card 100, the conventional card readers of above-mentioned card 100 Function is then by the initial conventional reader interface signal transfer to sensor data module 282.

Once sensor data module 282 receives above-mentioned initial conventional reader interface signal, sensor data module 282 start to receive the data from the various sensor pixel element type being placed in card 100, such as light shown in Fig. 7 B Detection pixel member 148, although other sensors input also can be used.Match from the data of one or more pixel elements type receptions It is set to and is analyzed and then be transferred to sensor data analysis module 284.Sensor data analysis module 284 is to from sensing The received data of device data module 282 are analyzed, to find Magnetic reading head such as Magnetic reading head 1212.Sensor data analysis Module 284 continually looks for Magnetic reading head until the operation of the traditional tape imitation module 280 of user's stopping of card 100, or until Predetermined time interval has been had been subjected to without finding Magnetic reading head, or until Magnetic reading head is positioned.Once above-mentioned Magnetic reading head is identified by received sensing data, can be the magnetic reading about the coordinate of the various pixel elements on card 100 The position of head is transferred to magnetic head area module 286.The use of magnetic head area module 286 is provided by sensor data analysis module 284 Location information with by the section of the magnetic output pixel layer 190a or 190b that block 100 be limited between card 100 and Magnetic reading head into The interface position of row communication or pixel activation zone.Once above-mentioned interface position or pixel activation zone are defined, magnetic head area module 286 Transmit a signal to the data preparation module 288 that the sensing data of conventional card readers to be transferred to can be received.Data preparation Module 288 from the one or more sensors receiving sensor data on card 100, such as RFID data, from light detection picture The optical data of plain layer 186a or 186b inputs audible data of pixel layer 194a or 194b etc. from piezoelectricity, and to institute Received data are converted or are prepared to be transferred to the magnetic output pixel 109 being located in interface position or pixel activation zone.It wants The data for being transferred to Magnetic reading head are then passed to data transmission module 290, in the data transmission module 290, data quilt Magnetic data is converted to be transferred to Magnetic reading head.

Referring to Figure 23, traditional tape imitates program and is shown and is indicated generally at 300.Traditional tape imitates program 300 One or more parts of card 100 shown in Fig. 2 can be located at, and can at least partly be distributed in tradition shown in Figure 22 Tape imitates in one or more modules of module 280.Traditional tape imitates program 300 with the beginning of startup program 302, wherein locating It manages device 110 and any desired value and register is arranged for the remainder of program 300.Program 300 is then from startup program 302 Move to receiving sensor data program 304.It, will be from the first optical detecting unit 126 and the second light detection list in program 304 The optical data of member 128 is supplied to sensor data module 282, and the sensor data module 282 may include the place of card 100 Manage device such as processor 110.Then move to Magnetic reading head from receiving sensor data program 304 defines program 306 to program 300. It may include that 284 use of sensor data analysis module of processor 110 takes in program 304 in Magnetic reading head program 306 Information limit or find the position of the Magnetic reading head of conventional card readers.Once the position of Magnetic reading head has been identified, journey Sequence 300 defines program 306 from Magnetic reading head and moves to restriction pixel activation zone program 308.In program 308, Magnetic reading head is used Position, magnetic head area module including processor 110 limits magnetic output pixel activation zone 320.Program 300 is then from restriction pixel Activation zone program 308, which moves to, receives data program 310.Receive data program in, one or more sensors layer from one or Multiple sources receive or obtain data, such as the source RFID, light source or card 100j have other sources of sensor to be detected.One For denier according to being received, traditional tape imitation program 300, which will be controlled from reception data program 310, is transferred to preparation data program 312, wherein being prepared by data of the data preparation module 288 to Magnetic reading head to be sent to transmit.From preparation number According to program 312, program 300 moves to actuating pixel region program 314, wherein each data item is transferred to magnetic output pixel activation zone 320, to be programmed for each data item to section 320, this is executed by data transmission module 290.Figure 21 shows magnetic The stylized sequence of output pixel activation zone 320 is indicated with 320a, 320b, 320c, 320d, 320e and 320f with can indicate The programming that number, letter, the sequence data member of character or data item carry out magnetic output pixel activation zone 320.Due in card The actuation speed of the pixel activation zone 320 in fixation or static position on 100j, conventional reader are considered as card 100j to move Dynamic, although it is placed as being in fixed relationship with conventional card readers in the present embodiment.Once all data have passed through picture Plain activation zone 320 is transmitted, and program 300 is moved to from actuating pixel region program 314 terminates program 316.Above-mentioned 316 table of end program Show the end carried out data transmission by activating pixel region program 314.Due to the intensity of the Magnetic reading head of conventional card readers, card 100 can be placed with about transmission whether by conventional card readers be properly received and to from conventional card readers feedback progress Detection.It, can by using the processor 110 of each pixel layer described herein if being not received by signal or mistake occurring It can be led to being configured under the intervention of not operator automatically transmit identical data flow or processor 110 again It crosses and for example prompts to operate from the vision or sense of hearing output of light emitting pixel layer 198 or piezoelectricity output pixel layer 196a or 196b People's failure, so that operator can permit to be transmitted again or other are acted.As above it is noted that this magnetic The transmission of data can also be that automatically, above-mentioned multiple ranks are, for example, the intensity expected from Magnetic reading head in multiple ranks Low, medium and high rank, and information can in a first direction be retransmitted in second direction.As above it is noted that this The value of kind program is to adapt to the variation between each Magnetic reading head, including the abrasion on Magnetic reading head.

One embodiment of card 100 and system 1 allows via communication unit 118 and network 210 by excavating and pending purchase The project (for example, cargo, service, taxi or sundry item associated with financial transaction) bought or user can in purchasing process The relevant data of project that can be considered access the content of each server on network automatically, and be only from Server 200 obtains information, as it is can supply information to server 200 to be added to previous message, by the information weight Another endpoint being directed on network 210, or only redirect information from a place under the assistance of server 200 To another place.Access data and the ability for providing data are dynamically used to allow users to traverse one over time A or multiple places, purchase projects are simultaneously scanned it, to be updated to server 200, therefore the processing respectively traded Collection with any subsidy, discount and discount coupon is as the tabulation of account for sales and method of payment is in server 200 Reason can occur automatically like that, thus when user arrives at place outlet and finally checked out, pretreated account for sales and meaning It is intended to completely be presented as the All Activity of a main transaction.Tabulation can be in user or other customers waited in line In the case that (such as a line lined up below in user) does not have to perceive delay.Although card 100 itself may only have x Memory capacity, this method fills the capacity for being permitted to have much larger than x, or even 1,000,000 times and exponentially bigger journey to x Degree, with from card 100 visited to, orientation and control.In some sense, card 100, which can be used as, has depositing almost without limitation The highly advanced memory stick of capacity is stored up, the above-mentioned memory capacity almost without limitation only can be used for card by server 200 The limitation of 100 memory capacity, for example, database 250 and support card 100 service memory capacity.

Under the permission of the user of card 100, card 100 also provides the data mining performance for each place, each manufacturer etc.. The information is limited to can specific information selected by user such as shopping way, the use of quotation, the specific project of purchase, visit Place, the relevant investigation of shopping etc., which, which can sell or be supplied to, participates in place, manufacturer etc. to get consumer's benefit in return Benefit such as points, discount coupon, sale at special price, sale are prenoticed, additional discounts etc..

Card 100 also provides payment options based on place.For example, if the user of card 100 generally uses spy in specific place The payment of setting formula, then default option can be considered as the payment of the form by blocking 100, although card 100 can be before executing payment User's chance for receiving implicit default card is provided.The user of card 100 can also identify the payment shape for specific place in advance Formula.Such as user can establish place A method of payment 1, method of payment 2 is established for place B, establishes branch for place C Pay the ratio etc. between method 3 and the combination and method of payment 3 and method of payment 4 of method of payment 4.In another example, User, which relevant to all foods can buy, to establish method of payment 1, establishes method of payment 2 for household project, for office Articles establish branch meeting method 3 etc..These examples are shown can in the unlimited of the relationship established between each method of payment and each place Only two kinds in energy property, this kind of relationship can be created as being automatically to which payment does not take further movement in user In the case where be presented when checking out or user can inquire to authenticate established form of payment be desired by card 100 Form of payment.

In an example transaction application, card 100 is carried out for scan item, the above-mentioned project of identification and with server 200 Communication.The value analytical unit 232 of server 200 can be with: (1) notifying that place has compared to current the project on user's line Place more preferably price or other better purchases being worth and place on line can be promoted；(2) notify that the project is another by user One position can be obtained with more low price, another above-mentioned position is, for example, to believe using from the position of position units 144 Cease the position near obtained user location；Or whether (3) price of identifying project is acceptable price, it is such as single by value analysis Member 232 is determined, and user's judgement is to retain the project or put back on shelf that (second of scanning can to other movements of card State " is put back to " with update).The process can consider user to repeat using each project of card 100, through scanning and " not put Return " project stay in the shopping cart of user (shopping cart of above-mentioned user can be true or virtual shopping cart).Card 100 It saves the list (being stored in shopping cart) of each suspended item, and blocks 100 via value analytical unit 232 for the list It is transmitted to server 200.Before checking out, value analytical unit 232 can continue searching it is relevant to each suspended item it is all can Use subsidy.When checking out, block 100 for the list electron transmission of suspended item to the POS system in place, although server 200 The all items in shopping cart can be passed into above-mentioned POS system via network 210.In an automatic implementation example, service By the list, related subsidy passes to above-mentioned POS system, above-mentioned POS system parsing subsidy and price to device 200 to all collections And it charges to user account.In another embodiment, above-mentioned POS system can handle certain executed by server 200 A little or institute is functional.Legacy system or be not involved in check out automatically and system that subsidy is automatically parsed in, card 100 can be with The image that the bar code of discount coupon or similar item is presented to user, so that user can exchange at POS system.It is propping up When paying or before, value analytical unit 232 or transaction/ID/ access card administrative unit 234 can automatically select and be stored in card 100 Interior method of payment card, user can select via display gesture identification, will describe in further detail below, hereafter The selected Payment Card of 100 display of card or the last Payment Card used can be shown (such as being arranged according to preference), and And card 100 also shows magnetic output data relevant to selected method of payment.User can be by swiping with selected With the card 100 of shown method of payment and signature is provided closes or complete above-mentioned transactional cards.As one to close the trade Point, receipt can be stored on card 100 in case referring to or being archived in later server 200, personal computer, personal outside are deposited In reservoir, cloud or other suitable storage locations.Other information can be associated with the transaction is terminated, such as the storage day of transaction Phase and time, if having the low price etc. of associated price protection or guarantee.

After transaction, value analytical unit 232 can selected such as XXX credit agency, and above-mentioned XXX credit agency agrees to and card 100 use associated clause.Server 200 can address again above-mentioned transaction after a transaction: pay again in different ways Each project is based even on the information being stored in wherein transaction/ID/ access card administrative unit 234 relevant to each card with more A method of payment pays a single project；The discount coupon of limiting date of the application for guaranteeing as price protection or other Subsidy；Apply for rebating；It provides and is relevant to the information for extending guarantee and ensures to extend guarantee；And together with agreement include other Transaction postcondition.Movement can be based on preference after transaction, or be preset by system 1." optimum value " of the application be used to indicate but It is not limited to the discount from discount coupon, because of price decline, promotion, present of special price generation etc.." optimum value " can be by card 100 user limits and may further include other factors, such as buys one and present one (BOGO), free delivery, extend guarantee, return Benefit, frequent flyer miles, the discount of the following purchase, gas point etc..

The subscriber card 100 of the application and many performances of system 1 and other aspects are executed dynamic with processor or controller Work sequence is described, above-mentioned processor or controller can be the computer system for being able to carry out programming instruction each element or Other hardware, such as general purpose computer, personal computer (PC), special purpose computer, work station, PCS Personal Communications System (PCS), shifting Dynamic (honeycomb) phone, the mobile phone with data processing performance, RFID receiver, game host, electronic notebook, notebook Computer, global positioning system (GPS) receiver or other programmable data processing units.It should be appreciated that in each embodiment In, various movements can by special circuit (such as being connected with each other to execute discrete each logic gate of special function), by program Instruct (software) Lai Zhihang, such as logical block, program module etc. by one or more processors (such as one or more micro processs Device, microcontroller, central processing unit (CPU), specific integrated circuit (ASICs), digital signal processor (DSPs), number letter It number processing equipment (DSPDs), programmable logic device (PLD), field programmable gate array (FPGA) and is designed to carry out State the other equipment and/or any above combination of each function) Lai Zhihang.For example, each embodiment can be in hardware, software, solid Implement in part, middleware, microcode or any combination thereof.Above-metioned instruction can be the program code for executing each necessary task or generation Code section simultaneously can store in non-evanescent property machine readable media, such as in storage medium or other (multiple) memories.Code Section can indicate step, function, subprogram, program, routine program, subroutine, module, software package, class, or instruction, number According to structure or any combination of program statement.Code segment can be by transmitting and/or receiving information, data, variable, parameter or deposit Storage content to couple with another code segment or hardware circuit.

The circuit and other hardware of the communication unit 118 of card 100, such as transmitter, receiver, transmitting unit, reception list Member, transceiver etc., which can arrange, such as provides functionality by using various cordless communication networks such as WWAN, WLAN, WPAN. Each term network and system usually may be used interchangeably herein.WWAN can be cdma network, TDMA network, FDMA net Network, OFDMA network, SC-FDMA network etc..One or more radio access technologies (RATs) can be implemented for example in cdma network CDMA2000, wideband CDMA (W-CDMA) etc..CDMA2000 includes IS-95, IS-2000 and IS-856 standard.TDMA network can To implement GSM, digital advanced telephony system (D-AMPS) or other certain RAT.GSM and W-CDMA is from entitled " third For partner program " it is described in each file of the financial group of (3GPP).CDMA2000 is from entitled " third generation conjunction Make to be described in each file of the financial group of partnership projects 2 " (3GPP2).WLAN can be IEEE 802.11x network, WPAN It can be blueteeth network, the other kinds of network of IEEE 802.15X or certain, CDMA may be implemented as radio technology example As universal terrestrial radio access (UTRA) or CDMA2000, TDMA may be implemented as general point of radio technology such as GSM/ The enhanced data rates (EDGE) of group wireless traffic (GPRS)/GSM evolution.OFDMA can realize by radio technology, Such as Institute of Electrical and Electric Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, E- UTRA (UTRA of evolution) etc..Each technology can be used for any combination of WWAN, WLAN and WPAN.Each technology can be carried out With with Ultra-Mobile Broadband (UMB) network, High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) network, CDMA2000 1X network, GSM, long term evolution (LTE) and/or similar network is used together.

In an example embodiment, QED (quantum entanglement device) can be introduced into the combined amount in system 1 and card 100 Son metering and quantum communications, to strengthen the safety of system 1 and card 100.Sometimes, can make 100 1 sides of card, Two sides of card 100 and/or all surface of card 100 are equipped with QED generation and detection pixel.Include in point of sales system QED performance and when public quantum entanglement network is established, all various methods and performance of system 1 and card 100 will be mentioned Height becomes the degree that is perfectly safe to making to communicate.In an example embodiment, article to be scanned may include corporeal thing Product such as another card 100 or the article in shop or invisible thing such as service agreement or website, object to be scanned Product may include quantum entanglement particle, above-mentioned quantum entanglement particle can be photon, electronics or be stored in quantum entanglement trap Known other particles for tangling particle pairing.With this development, the article for indicating quantum entanglement particle can be true about it Reality, its history, down toward the article unique instance and identified.

As used in this specification, term " memory " refers to any kind of non-evanescent property machine readable media, Either long-term, short-term, volatibility, non-volatile or other memories, and be not limited to any certain types of Memory or any certain amount of memory or memory are stored on any certain types of medium.The application institute The memory of description such as system storage 114 and database 250 can be additionally considered to be embodied in any tangible form In computer readable carrier, above-mentioned computer readable carrier is, for example, to contain consolidating for suitable computer instruction set and data structure State memory, disk and CD, above-mentioned computer instruction set are, for example, program module, and above-mentioned data structure will be so that processing Device executes each program described herein.Computer-readable medium may include following: have the electricity of one or more conducting wires Connection, magnetic disk storage, magnetic holder, tape or other magnetic and optical storage apparatus are (for example, CD (CD), laser-optical disk, number Multifunctional optical disk (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray^TMCD), portable computer diskette, random access memory (RAM), only Memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EPROM (such as EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory) are read, or information can be stored Any tangible medium, and combinations thereof.Memory also may include caching, and above-mentioned caching preservation will be by the hair of communication unit 118 The transmission data of emitter transmission are transmitted until the data, and/or are saved straight by the received data of receiver of communication unit 118 It can be handled to received data.Although separated Fig. 2 shows memory 114 with processor or controller 110 or The outside of processor or controller 110, memory can also be in processors or controller 110 or in another processing unit Implement.

In an example embodiment, credit card shape, size, shape and thickness that card 100 is swiped the card with standard, processing Device 100 is preferably microprocessor or microcontroller chip, and above-mentioned microprocessor or microcontroller chip are to being stored in memory 114 Each document be managed, each document being stored in memory 114 is assigned to each card via card operation system (COS) and answers With memory preferably non-volatile (such as EEPROM or flash memory) and volatibility (such as ROM) for executing these functions The combination of solid condition apparatus, each device configuration is at being non-evanescent property.In an example embodiment, for the COS in card 100 Type be dynamic application card operation system, allow a developer to safely to construct, test and dispose various cards applications.Card is deposited Reservoir further includes at least one programmable magnetic stripe for magnetically storing information.

It is noted that the system of the application is illustrated as and is discussed as with the various modules for executing each specific function And/or unit.It is appreciated that for purposes of clarity, these modules and unit based on they function and only schematically shown Out, and not necessarily specific hardware and/or software are indicated.In this regard, these modules, unit and other component can be with It is to be implemented substantially to execute the hardware and/or software of their specific function that the application is explained.Different components The hardware and/or software that various functions can be combined or separate as any mode, and can be respectively useful or be closed in group It is useful.Therefore, the various aspects of the application can be presented as that many different forms, all such forms are considered to the application's In range.

Figure 19 is to show timing between two or more equipment and synchronous timing diagram, and wherein at least one equipment is Place processor, another equipment are similar to card 100.In the example embodiment with two card cards 1 and Figure 19 of card 2, until Few certain data must for example block 2 processors by the processor of middle card to transmit, and confirm, timing or other data It can also be transmitted on the contrary direction transmitted with data sometimes.Card 2 may belong to such as cashier, Jing Lihuo Other people associated with transaction, card 1 may belong to the end user of purchase product or service.Ppu is remembered with file The transaction is carried and because of place or from place or from the net amount of user and/or third side.About showing can be with The system delay of system including multiple cards and/or ppu.By considering that timing diagram shown in Figure 19 is appreciated that The delay of POS and processing time are reduced, and in Figure 19, p1 and p2 come from card 1 and block 2 data, and E is to carry out data receipts The available processors time of collection.Ppu provide timing or clock to card 1 and card 2 processor, thus by they Clock changes into synchronous mode from free-running operation mode, and in above-mentioned synchronous mode, data manage device in the outside and prepare to receive number It is transmitted according to when from card 1 with the memory or processor for blocking 2, is reduced because ppu is ready for reception data From the time of 2 transmitting data of card 1 or card.Although showing multiple cards in Figure 19, ppu can also be with single card or two Or more card interact.

As above it is noted that card 100 may include RFID or radio frequency identification, receiver.Referring to Figure 24 and 25, card 100k includes RFID receiver module or component 1350, and above-mentioned RFID receiver module or component 1350 is shown in Figure 24 and 25 Depth identical with substrate 1352 or level height and RFID receiver module 1350 and substrate are placed in example embodiment Each layer of 1352 adjacent card 100k can be similar to each layer shown in such as Fig. 7 B or 8B.Compared to Fig. 7 B, light detecting layer 186A and 186B can be placed on, be placed in or be deposited on substrate 1352 and RFID receiver module 1350.Middle layer is (not Show) it can also be placed in or be placed between RFID receiver module 1350 and light detecting layer 186A and RFID receiver Between module 1350 and light detecting layer 186B.Although example embodiment show the side of substrate 1352, next to substrate 1352, The RFID module or component 1350 of placement adjacent with substrate 1352 or coplanar with substrate 1352, but in other embodiments, Each component of RFID receiver can be in substrate 1352 or other are equal in substrates or upper placement.

Blocking 100k further includes at least one RFID antenna 1354, at least one above-mentioned RFID antenna 1354 and RFID receiver 1350 connect and are placed adjacent on the peripheral surface of card 100k or edge 1356 or with peripheral surface or edge 1356, above-mentioned outer It encloses surface or edge 1356 is placed between the first main surface 101 of card 100k and the second main surface 102.Edge 1356 can be with End part, the end part of RFID receiver module 1350 and/or card substrate including closure construction or capping 174a and 174b 1352 peripheral surface.In the example embodiment of Figure 24 and 25, RFID antenna 1354 is parallel along the side of peripheral surface 1356 Extend in the first main surface 101 and the second main surface 102 and (the example reality of such as Figure 24 can be extended entirely around edge 1356 Apply shown in example), it is substantially parallel to the first main surface 101 and the second main surface 102, but RFID antenna 1354 can be placed In in the other positions of card 100k.For example, since antenna 1354 is relatively thin, antenna 1354 can the first main surface 101 and/ Or second extend in main surface 102.RFID antenna 1354 can be placed on other available positions in card 100k, only by The degree of approach with the limitation of the degree of approach of each pixel or each element of card 100k, each pixel or each element with card 100k may The ability for interfering antenna 1354 to receive RF energy.

Referring to Figure 26 and 27, card 100m includes the RFID receiver 1360 being placed on card substrate 1362.Card 100m is also wrapped RFID antenna 1364 is included, above-mentioned RFID antenna 1364 is placed in the first closure construction 1366a and the second closure construction 1366b It is upper or in.Card substrate 1362 may include one or more connector pins 1368, and above-mentioned connector pin 1368 is embedded in card substrate Extend in 1362 and perpendicular to the first main surface 101 and the second main surface 102 with by RFID receiver 1360 and RFID antenna 1364 are connected with each other.First closure construction 1366a and/or the second closure construction 1366b includes connector body 1370, above-mentioned company Device socket 1370 is connect to be electrically connected with RFID antenna 1364 and be configured to receive connector pin 1368.RFID connecting line 1372 is from RFID Receiver 1360 extends to each connector pin 1368.RFID label tag, RFID are read in order to use the internal energy of card 100m Receiver 1360 transfers signals to RFID connecting line 1372.Energy advances to connector pin 1368, inserts subsequently into connector Seat 1370.From connector body 1370, energy advances to RFID antenna 1364, and wherein RF energy is transmitted from card 100m.The RF energy Then RFID label tag near amount activation is any, neighbouring RFID label tag emit comprising about disposing the RFID label tag on it The RF energy of the information of article or the information of the position about the RFID label tag.It can be enough by the information content that RFID label tag provides The unique identification for disposing or placing on it the product of the label, the packaging including product are provided.The energy transmitted by RFID label tag Amount is received by RFID antenna 1364, and above-mentioned energy is then directed to connector body 1370, subsequently into connector pin 1368.On It states energy and then marches to RFID receiver 1360,1360 pairs of received energy of institute of above-mentioned RFID receiver along RFID connecting line 1372 Amount is decoded and decoded information is transferred to processor 110.Processor 110 is then using above-mentioned RFID information come to card The user of 100m provides information.The operation of RFID receiver module 1350 is similar to the operation of RFID receiver 1360.

Although it is close to activate that internal power can be used in the operation of RFID receiver 1360 and RFID receiver module 1350 Communication RFID label tag, but include that the place of this kind of label can also provide the network of transmitter, the network of above-mentioned transmitter Each RFID label tag being placed in place is constantly activated, enables the continuous transmission cards 100m of each RFID label tag can be received Digital RF signal.This kind of system is advantageous in that place can be used from each RFID mark for inventory, mapping or other purposes The information of transmission is signed, while blocking the holder of 100m or user is able to use above- mentioned information and carrys out positioning product, whether determines article It is in stock etc., while reducing the consumption from card 100m electricity usage to the greatest extent, to extend the useful operating time of card 100.

Although this application provides two embodiments of RFID receiver, i.e. RFID receiver 1360 and RFID receiver mould Block 1350, but the position of each RFID receiver may be adapted to any available position in card form.For example, in another example In embodiment, above-mentioned RFID receiver can be placed between other each layers of card, such as defeated in light detecting layer 186a and magnetic Out between layer 190a.Similarly, the position of RFID antenna 1354 or RFID antenna 1364 is in addition to those of shown in Figure 24-27 Can be in other positions outside position, only the demand by each layer in card is limited.

User in card 100 including RFID performance to card 100 provides various advantages.It is passed for example, card 100 can become The RFID interface of card reader of uniting or other non-RFID reception equipment.Brush can be imitated in the case where not moving in view of above-mentioned card The ability of card disposes the card equipped with RFID receiver that can be communicated with such as conventional card readers 1200 (referring to Figure 13). After it will block 100m insertion conventional card readers 1200, the reading of card 100m can be placed on equipped with any article of RFID label tag It takes in distance, RFID information can be converted to the magnetic information that can be read by conventional card readers 1200 by card 100m.At another In example, card 100m can be placed on POS card reader 1300 (Figure 14).Such as the example of front, equipped with RFID label tag Article can be placed with proximity card 100m, and card 100m will be converted to from the information of RFID tag can be by POS card reader 1300 The form of reading.Therefore, block 100m or can be two or more types equipped with the card 100 of any version of RFID receiver Low-cost data converter between the data storage device of type, above-mentioned data storage device include RFID, bar code, Qr code, Magnetic reading head, the sense of hearing or audio and vision.Further, since card 100 include WiFi performance, card 100m also become with Equipped with the inexpensive interface of each equipment of WiFi, each equipment equipped with WiFi be, for example, mobile phone, tablet computer, computer, Net book and potential intelligent display portion, intelligent TV set etc..

Figure 28 shows the card 100n according to the example embodiment of the application, and above-mentioned card 100n includes shown in dotted line Multiple RFID receivers 1380.Multiple RFID receivers 1380 are advantageous in that multiple RFID receivers can be used in card 100n 1380 track each object with RFID label tag, including more accurately determine this type objects position, it is mobile when object speed Degree and the if any acceleration of object.In addition, being similar to card 100, card 100n includes being tracked by visual analysis Performance and also have using sound transmitting and received tracking performance.In order to avoid causing the modification of card 100n and card 100 User or the people around the user of card 100n sense of hearing puzzlement, the transmitting of this kind of sound chapter may be at ultrasonic frequency.As Card 100 is able to carry out image analysis, and card 100n can also analyze the sound of reflection, and as needed, card 100n can have Enough resolution ratio blocks 100n even and with enough resolution ratio with each object in the visual field of analyzing card 100n to track It can have the performance for executing the ultrasonography of slight depth.Therefore, card 100 and card 100n are provided relatively easy effective Sensor can be easily adapted to the WiFi network of temporary or permanent security system.In addition, it is contemplated that blocking 100n and its The card 100 of his version comes recognition speed, acceleration and the performance of position using various sensors, and card 100n, which also has, is used as test The performance of instrument.In view of the input of various sensors is mutually related performance by the card 100 of card 100n and other versions, card 100n, which has, to carry out cross-check to result and is improved by the association of optics, sound and RFID information to speed, acceleration The performance of the precision calculated with position.

The ability for reading RFID information shows many benefits of card release 100.Reference Figure 29-31, using area 400 The implementation of the card 100 with RFID performance is described in RFID location system.Place 400 include at least one entrance 402, Multiple shelf, terminating machine display unit, cooler, refrigerator, passageway display unit etc. 404, multiple is checked out at multiple intelligent storage stations 406 Platform 408 and multiple WiFi/RFID transmitter-receivers 410, above-mentioned multiple WiFi/RFID transmitter-receivers 410 mention For RFID positioning performance.Place 400 includes controller (not shown), and above controller is deposited by wired or wireless at least intelligence Storage station 406, checkout stations 408 and WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 connect.WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 be placed on entire place 400 and provide enough energy with swash words be placed in shelf in place 400 in all positions, RFID label tag (not shown) in rack etc. 404.At least some of WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 is received and dispatched including WiFi Device, but all WiFi/RFID transmitter-receivers 410 also may include WiFi transceiver or WiFi transceiver can also To be discretely located with above-mentioned RFID transmitter-receiver.Place 400 further includes being placed in one or more shelf, rack etc. Multiple articles 412 on 404.

Above-mentioned place system includes the position of all items 412, and the position of above-mentioned all items 412 can be in storage be filled It is manually entered, it is preferred that being limited by the multiple RFID label tags placed on article 412 or adjacent to article 412. WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 constantly receives data from RFID label tag associated with each article 412, thus Above-mentioned place system " knows " position of all items 412 in place 400.In some cases, above-mentioned RFID label tag can be by It is placed on each individual articles 412, but in other embodiments, above-mentioned RFID label tag can be placed on shelf or goods Below frame with indicate product brand and type or product it is general classify such as cereal of peanut butter, particular brand and due to The certain types of brand for having many brands of numerous types and type and generating, or think to close according to the management in place 400 Other suitable classification.The system in place 400 is every by being obtained by 410 received signal of WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver The position of a RFID label tag, WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 are placed on entire place 400 with sufficient density It is filled in each position with ensuring to be set to all RFID label tags in place 400 from the reception of WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 The electric power of foot is to be operated.Being received by least three RFID transmitter-receivers can be to the position of each RFID label tag It sets and is mapped.

In order to search each article in place 400, blocks 100 user occupancy as shown in figure 30 and be indicated generally at 330 Place interface module.Each feature and each performance of 330 using area 400 of place interface module are come in conjunction with each performance of card 100 Creation is connect with the efficient interface in place 400.Place interface module 330 includes Shopping List module 332, place interface module 334, drafting module 336, article module 338 and billing module 340.Each function and each program of place interface module 330 can To include each section in place 400 and card 100, such as the processor 110 and one or more sensors or pixel layer of card 100.

Place interface module 330 is started by shopping need.In Shopping List module 332, Shopping List quilt in card 100 Creation.Above-mentioned Shopping List can be by the memory 114 of user's input card 100 or can be from another equipment such as hand Machine, laptop or other equipment download in the memory 114 of card 100.Once above-mentioned Shopping List is created, above-mentioned purchase Object list is provided to place interface module 334.In place interface module 334, block 100 processor 110 for Shopping List Information is combined with the information that place 400 provides, and the information that above-mentioned place 400 provides may include location information, price, preferential Certificate, bargain goods, rebating etc..Above-mentioned Shopping List and place information are supplied to drafting module by place interface module 334 336.In drafting module 336, until the path of each article 412 in list is determined.This kind of determination can occur handling Device 110, or can be determined in 400 processor (not shown) of place, be then passed to card 100.Once to each The path of article 412 is determined, and place interface module 330 continues to execute article module 338, in article module 338, each object Product 412 are positioned and are added into the entity shopping cart or container of user.Once the property of the Shopping List from user Product 412 have been positioned, and control is transferred to billing module 340 from article module 338.In billing module 340, to by user institute Each article of selection is authenticated, and is paid to each article, and user exits place 400.

Block 100 user occupancy place interface routine 420 referring to Figure 31 in order to search each article in place 400, on Each feature and each performance of stating 420 using area 400 of place interface routine combine each performance of card 100, to create and place 400 The connection of efficient interface, above-mentioned card 100 includes processor 110, memory 114 and one or more pixel layer.This kind of interface Connection can obtain article 412 and carry out doing shopping or can only browsing article 412.Place interface routine 420 can be with Suitable for the service function such as automatic vending for example retracted article 412 including the other function at place 400, access place 400 The other function that can be used for user or the public at toilet and place 400 is searched in machine or diet area.Place interface routine 420 It may include each function and each feature of each section of place 400 and card 100, and place interface module 330 can be distributed in One or more parts on.

Place interface routine 420 is with the beginning of startup program 422.Startup program 422 can be the identification to article is needed.Journey Sequence 420 will control from startup program 422 and be moved to creation list procedure 424, and above-mentioned creation list procedure 424 is in Shopping List mould It is carried out in block 332.In creation list procedure 424, user creates the list of article need and/or desired.Such column Table can be created by each article in scanning user man, or can be selected by manual, voice, from suggestion lists Etc. being inputted.

After the demand that creates and/or desired list, program 420 will control from creation list procedure 424 be moved to Place system carries out a part of interface linker 426 as place interface module 334.Interface company is being carried out with place system It connects in program 426, user advances to place 400, is entered by entrance 402.Once in place 400, the card 100 of user it is each Feature such as WiFi is communicated with the local area network provided by place 400.This kind of communication can be wireless or can be and pass through Intelligent storage station 406.Intelligent storage station 406 provides Docking station, and above-mentioned Docking station can have similar to each of card reader 1300 Feature, above-mentioned each feature enable intelligent storage station 406 for example, by light detecting layer 186a or 186b, magnetic input layer 192a or 192b or piezoelectricity input layer 194a or 194b is communicated with card 100.

Once carrying out interface connection with intelligent storage station 406, program 420 will control from place system and carry out interface connection Program 426 is moved to article drawing program 428, and above-mentioned article drawing program 428 is executed by drafting module 336.Place 400 System include include to each article 412 or to including 412 article the position respectively classified, above-mentioned position by with each object Product 412 associated RFID label tags determines, as described above.These positions and the demand in card 100 or desired object The list of product 412, which is used together, carrys out drawing path with the position for considering each shelf, rack etc. 404.Due in the system in place 400 There are more detailed information, this kind of drafting is preferably carried out in the system in place 400.However, the processor of card 100 is for example located Reason device 110 can also generate such map.Further, since card 100 includes that can connect with the WiFi/RFID transmitter-in place Each feature that device 410 is communicated is received, new cartographic information can also be obtained as needed by blocking 100 processor 110, although From intelligent storage station 406 to the one or more sensors of card 100 or the transmitting of the data of pixel layer because above-mentioned reason is usual Faster.Path for traversing each article 412 from intelligent storage station 406 can be modified according to the option that user selects. For example, user can choose most fast path, shortest path, minimum crowded path and other path modifications, above-mentioned road Diameter can be defined according to storage experience, optical analysis.If user does not select any path modification, the system in place 400 It is configured to provide the deviation in user path, the distinctive product for making user's process recognize user, and increases place Product is added to expose to the open air and sell.Once above-mentioned map is generated by the system in place 400, above-mentioned cartographic information is downloaded to card 100 In memory 114 or processor 110.

Once above-mentioned map or other directions are provided to the memory 114 or processor 110 of card 100, program 420 will be controlled System is moved to list article option program 430 from article drawing program 428, and above-mentioned article option program 430 is article module 338 A part.In list article option program 430, in view of the information provided by article drawing program 428, drawn to by article " first " article on user list that the map that program 428 generates indicates is selected.It is readily apparent that due to article Drawing program 428 based on including user preference and identified by each modified Multiple factors that place 400 provides to path, Above-mentioned " first article " 412 may be the article 412 farthest from user's current position, may be nearest article 412 or Between nearest article 412 and farthest article 412.

After selecting from list article 412, program 420 will be controlled from list article option program 430 and is moved to Place system program 432.Place 400 can provide the sale to any special article 412, discount coupon, the universal product, discount, Substitute, characteristic product etc..The information can be provided in article drawing program 428 processor 110 of card 100 and It can be used in place system program 432, or when selecting each article 412, the processor 110 for blocking 100 can be with WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 carries out communication and via WiFi/RFID transmitter-receiver 410 from above-mentioned place System receives information.User determines whether to select presented one of option according to the information that place 400 provides.

Once place 400 conveyed the available options of special article 412 and user determine whether to be subjected to it is any The option of presentation, program 420 will control from place system program 432 and be moved to article option determining program 434.In article option In determining program 434, program 420 determines any option presented in the whether selected place system program 432 of user.If with Family can not find ideal option or user decides not to purchase the article in list, and control is shifted from article determining program 434 To removal article program 436.In removing article program 436, according to the option that user selects, current article in list can be with It is deleted or can be moved in list to be processed or the following list, user in removing article program 436 or can move Except selecting before article program 436 option.From article program 436 is removed, control is transferred to list and completes determining program 438, it will be discussed more fully below.If user can find ideal option, control judges 434 turns from article option Move to guidance user program 438.

In guidance user program 438, the processor 110 for blocking 100 provides each output for example from light emitting pixel layer 198 Display output or from piezoelectricity output layer 196a or 196b audible signal, user guiding is stored in card 100 The current item in user list in memory 114.This kind of direction can pass through the RF receiver and WiFi/ in card 100 Communication between RFID transmitter-receiver 410 and enhanced, thus using this kind of communication in position units 144 with true The position of the fixed card 100 relative to the article 412 to be found.It is opposite to determine that multiple sensors can be used in position units 144 In the direction or position of the card 100 of special article 412, the ability run in place 400 depending on this kind of sensor.For example, The GPS function of the position units 144 of card 100 can be run in place 400, and can be provided and be aligned to special article 412 True direction.Therefore there are multiple WiFi/RFID transmitter-receivers 410 to be arranged to ensure entire place 400 in place 400 Covering surface, the position of above-mentioned card 100 can be determined to provide accurately relative to special article 412 with enough accuracies Direction.Direction or instruction to user can be rendered as the two dimension of the vision on light emitting pixel the layer 198a or 198b of card 100 or three Dimension map, the direction arrow being shown on light emitting pixel the layer 198a or 198b of card 100, such as left, right, front and rear, upper and lower All directions (provide the position on one or more vertically extending shelf), all directions and each distance or each for showing Other each systems in direction.All directions can also audibly be provided via voice or tone.Once user reaches specific Some degree of approach of article 412, card 100 are able to use its RFID performance for example by RFID receiver 1360, RFID receiver mould The RFID performance that block 1350 or other RFID devices provide, further to refine the position of RFID label tag, to provide place The position nearest from special article 412 that 400 system is capable of providing.

Once user reaches the position of special article 412, control is transferred to from guidance user program 438 and collects article journey Sequence 440.In collecting article program 440, by special article 412 from site location such as shelf, rack etc. 404 in user subject Move to entity shopping cart, basket, arm, hand or other load bearing equipments or the position of user.When user by special article 412 from place When position is moved to load bearing equipment or the position of user, user can use the bar code or Qr code on 100 scanning article of card, thus Control is moved into article details program 442 from article program 440 is collected, above-mentioned article details program 442 is automatically by specific object The various details such as brief introduction of product 412 and potential discount coupon, special price, the availability of extension guarantee etc. and selected each object The sum and value-added tax of product are added to the operation being located in the memory 114 or processor 110 of card 100 together and check out list, from And user can keep the understanding to total price expected when checking out.Once article details program 442 is completed, control thin from article Section program 442 is transferred to verification article program 444.

In verification article program 444, selected special article 412 is marked as having bought or from being stored in card It is removed in the list of the article to be purchased of 100 memory 114 or processor 110.Then control is moved from verification article program 444 Move to enter browse mode determining program 446.When user selects each article from the list being stored in card 100, Yong Huke To determine to find article not in list, and thus want to enter into browse mode.In browse mode, user, which can enter, to be wanted The new article 412 of searching, the list remained stored in card 100 are undetermined.Place interface routine 420 continues to keep browse mode straight Browse mode is exited to user's selection, or until user stops place interface routine 420, user can stop at any time Place interface routine 420.

Once user determines to exit browse mode, control is transferred to list completion from into browse mode determining program 446 Determining program 448.It is completed in determining program 448 in list, place interface routine 420 can be crossed referring to the storage for being stored in card 100 List in device 114 or processor 110 determines whether arrived last article in list.If having not arrived list On last article, control from list complete determining program 448 be transferred to list article option program 430, and place Interface routine 420 continues as previously discussed.If arrived last article in the list being stored in card 100, Control from list completes determining program 448 and is transferred to guidance user to exit the program 450.

It exits the program in 450 in the guidance user for being located at billing module 340, interface routine 420 use in place is connect by place Information provided by the system of mouthful program 420 is by the checkout stations 408 in user guiding place 400.In general, this kind of direction will be from The current position of user to checkout stations 408 shortest path, but all directions can according in place 400 each condition or user Preference and select another path.

Once control exits the program from guidance and 450 is transferred to account closing procedure 452 in the region of checkout stations 408.In journey of checking out In sequence 452, the personnel in place 400 or system authentication are by user's collection or each article acquired and the list by the storage of card 100 Match.This kind of certification can be scanned by the RFID label tag to each article entrained by user, be carried out to bar code or Qr code Scanning is carried out by other authentication methods.If being collected by user or being acquired and be presented in each article of checkout stations 408 With the list match provided by each output of card 100, each output of above-mentioned card 100 can be RF or WiFi output, from hair The optics of light pixel layer 198a or 198b export or other data communications output of each pixel layer from card 100, then ties Account program 452 is completed and controls from account closing procedure 452 to be transferred to payment program 454, in payment program 454, blocks 100 use Family selects method of payment, and above-mentioned method of payment may include one or more credit card or be stored in the memory 114 of card 100 And in other channel of disbursement discussed above.After payment is provided to place 400, control is transferred to knot from payment program 454 Shu Chengxu 456.

Although being not specifically illustrated, place 400 may include security system, and above-mentioned security system includes safety zone 414, on Safety zone 414 is stated to examine the position of RFID label tag at outside of each RFID label tag from the inside in place 400 to place 400 It surveys.Because this kind of security system generally only detects the presence of RFID label tag, this kind of labeling requirement is removed or data needs are stirred Disorderly or remove to prevent triggering security system.The system 1 of the application, which provides, eliminates needs removal or deactivation RFID label tag Configuration.The list and payment for having been provided for approaching all items of the user of card 100 due to card 100, pass through the transmission of card 100 All clear items of user close to card 100 are provided and exit the pass.For example, if user has the first article 412, the second article 412, third article 412 and the 4th article 412 and user enter the range of safety zone 414, multiple WiFi/ RFID transmitter-receiver 410 detects the first article 412, the second article 412, third article 412 and the 4th article 412 In the presence of.The system in place 400 is communicated with card 100 by multiple WiFi/RFID transmitter-receivers 410 and learns user Card 100 four articles are paid, the system in place 400 ignores the RFID label tag on any clear items 412 Presence, to reduce the work in place 400.Other than being authenticated to the particular card 100 for having paid article, place 400 System also authenticates the time and date of transaction, so that the user for attempting to return shop after exiting can not be by identical four Item article, which adds to cart, to be then log out, and uses preceding primary transaction as the chance committed theft to attempt.If having carried out this kind of enterprise Legend is such as exited from place 400, is then returned to acquire four additional, identical products, and the security system in place 400 will be stood Know user in Shang Malaria twice, user carries or do not carry the article 412 that permitted or user has bought and return to field It ground 400 and needs to carry out additional examination to users/customers to authenticate user only to there is the product permitted.Although may need Video evidence is wanted to authenticate the entrance twice of the user for the system for attempting to deceive place 400, but is marked in card 100 and by the time In the presence of being exited from place 400 of note, it is easier to be aware of when to need to carry out this kind of inspection to entering and exit.

Once recognizing card 100, place interface module 330 and place interface routine 420 in terminating program 456 In the case where providing the option of user's least cost, being assured with discount coupon, dealing, rebating etc., extension guarantee etc., Yong Huli Prologue ground 400.In addition, place 400 and card 100 have details about above-mentioned transaction, can be used for assisting to retract article, Use guarantee and other purposes.Due to the information that can be acquired by place 400, about any information recalled even in user User can also be transferred to when not completing guarantee card information to manufacturer, supplier or place 400.

Figure 32 shows the RFID layer 470 according to the example embodiment of the application.RFID layer 470 can be with card 100 Substrate such as substrate 170 or Fig. 8 B shown in substrate 370 be placed adjacent.RFID layer 470 includes RFID days of two-dimensional array Line, above-mentioned RFID antenna in an example embodiment can be entirely identical, or another example embodiment can be with It is optimized for multiple frequencies.RFID layer 470 in Figure 32 includes multiple RFID antennas 472,474 and 476.With multiple RFID antennas The advantages of be RFID antenna array provide can acquire more RF energies the advantages of while become very small.In addition, card 100 become able to relatively precisely track the RFID label tag in three-dimensional space, including advance to RFID label tag speed, Acceleration and direction are tracked.In addition, being adjusted in card 100, by RFID antenna 472 and first by including multiple tuning circuits RFID antenna 474 is connect, by RFID antenna 476 and the by the connection of humorous circuit (not shown) with the second tuning circuit (not shown) Three tuning circuit (not shown) connect and are specific and RFID days by each Combinatorial Optimization of RFID antenna and tuning circuit Other of line and tuning circuit combine different RFID frequencies, and card 100 is realized in the environment with highdensity RFID label tag Or provide improved positioning performance.As the substitution of multiple tuning circuits, card 100 may include have modification be tuned to it is each The tuning circuit of the ability of the associated multiple RF frequencies of RFID label tag.Card 100 including RFID layer 470 can be used for including matching It is set in the place for the RFID label tag that multiple RF frequencies are provided, such as place 480, Figure 33 shows a part in place 480.

Attempt to search a challenge of special article 412 in the place with hundreds of or thousands of RFID label tags to be pair Particular RFID tag is identified.Attempt to search particular RFID tag and received data volume to reduce card 100, system can be with It assists to search particular RFID tag using multiple RFID wavelength.In addition, if having used intelligent RFID tag, only to be found Special article can provide transmission signal.In the example embodiment of the application shown in Figure 33, place 480 includes multiple articles 412, above-mentioned multiple articles 412 are placed in the various positions in place 480, such as shelf, rack etc. 404.Each article 412 Associated with RFID label tag 482, above-mentioned RFID label tag 482 includes the ability transmitted with two or more frequencies.Scheming In 33 example embodiment, RFID label tag 482 is configured to three frequencies of transmission.RFID label tag 482 includes being configured to generation first First transmission circuit 484 of frequency is configured to generate the second transmission circuit 486 of second frequency and is configured to generate third frequency A frequency in the third transmission circuit of rate, each frequency and the first tuning circuit, the second tuning circuit and third tuning circuit Rate matches.

When the user of card 100 enters the passageway 490 in place 480, the system in place 480 is transmitted by transmission with by first The first frequency of the transmission of circuit 484, the second frequency transmitted by the second transmission circuit 486 are transmitted by third transmission circuit 488 The RF energy that matches of third frequency assist the user of card 100.However, other users are also attempt in passageway 490 The special article with RFID label tag 482 is searched, therefore multiple RFID label tags 482 are transmitted simultaneously, so that card 100 is difficult to fastly Speed finds signal associated with special article 412.In order to accelerate to search the process of special article 412, the system in place 480 can To transmit particular customer with specific frequency in limited region, help for the search for blocking 100 users to be limited to Part.Place 480 includes multiple RF transmitters 492, and above-mentioned multiple RF transmitters 492 can have to be transmitted with multiple frequencies Ability or each RF transmitter 492 can be optimized for first frequency 484, second frequency 486 or third frequency 488.Work as card 100 enter passageways 490 to special article for example the article 494 with RFID label tag 482 is found when, nearest RF transmitter 492 can be transmitted with first frequency.Article 496 is found if 100 user of second card enters passageway 490, most Close available RF transmitter 492 can be transmitted with second frequency.Similarly, when third 100 users of card enter passageway 490 When finding to article 498, nearest available RF transmitter 492 is transmitted with second frequency.In every case, block 100 specific frequencies for having notified the article of user transmitting by the system in place 480, to reduce card to the maximum extent 100 data volumes for needing to check before positioning special article.

Intelligent RFID tag also can be used in place 480, so that only specific label transmits RF energy, above-mentioned RF energy is by office Portion's WiFi network orientation, above-mentioned part WiFi network can have with RF transmitter 492 be located at each transmitter for mutually existing together or Each transmitter separated with RF transmitter 492.The challenge for searching special article receives to come solely from 100, card actively to be found Those of the limited information of RFID label tag rather than be submerged in the letters of all RFID label tags in the range of receiving from card 100 Number when become relatively fast.

RFID has been approved, in part because very inexpensive RFID label tag can be manufactured without local electricity The idea in source and considerably less component.Therefore, they without transmit until be tuned to identical frequency RFID sending device with RFID label tag is sufficiently closed to provide sufficient charging power and come " starting " RFID label tag or equipment or to RFID label tag or equipment It charges, it is logical to provide the initial handshake connected like traditional modem to make it have sufficient dump power Letter.If making RF energy continue to be received by RFID label tag or equipment since RFID transmitter keeps close, can be marked in RFID It signs and is further communicated between RFID transmitter.Use each phase in more than one RFID frequency, raising label After the frequency of RFID circuit can strategically be used to that above-mentioned RFID transmitter or sending device to be made to use minimum frequency first Rate, the identity for obtaining signal exchange, starting " dialogue " and then determining related label, to will include several layers of information. Above-mentioned RFID transmitter or sending device can engage in the dialogue in same time and more than one unique tags.Tag class reduce Selection moves to next frequency layer to inform the RFID for seeking class and establishes another connection, then on that channel It is communicated.The purpose of the layering is actually dual.One purpose is quickly to exclude other close labels, another mesh Be that following physics is true: in order to make the higher RFID channel of each different frequency of tag activation, RFID transmitter must be got over To excite the RFID frequency of next higher frequency in RFID label tag closer to object.It needs more to lean on for higher frequency It is closely attribute and natural wastage associated with radio frequency transmission because of higher frequency transmission line.Frequency is higher, is lost bigger.Cause This, in order to excite higher and higher frequency RFID tags layer, RFID transmitter or sending device at you are maintained at constant transmissions When output power level you must move with physically closer to.The RFID label tag channel of above-mentioned first low-limit frequency is in range Upper extension, the RFID antenna array for blocking 100 provide reliable directivity information, but are not enough to that you is guided to encounter card individually Article.Since the first connection can be such that you reaches in about six feet, then user's arrival is excited and quoted for next RFID layers In two feet, and last next layer can enable you and be sought sufficiently closely so as to blocking 100 and actually being encountered at you with card 100 It is indicated when the article 412 asked.The biography with higher and higher frequency dependence connection is strategically utilized in this Domino effect The phenomenon that being readily appreciated that of defeated power consumption.Also strategically the quantity of the RFID label tag in given area is limited, on The RFID label tag excitation in given area is stated to provide inceptive direction and by using family closer to the unique object to be found with you Associated unique RFID label tag makes the user closer to the unique object or article 412 being look for.The key of this process It is to make card 100 that can will classify with the RFID label tag excited based on the degree of approach, then obtains directivity information, on Stating directivity information makes sought article 412 closer to user, so that the total quantity to communication tags limits, because From the energy excitation of card 100 allow classify successive higher frequency channels and synchronizing process and communication, without departing from card 100 process performance and keep its slow or useless.In fact, if software filter is by being stored in the letter of each RFID label tag Breath knows the exact identity for the object that you to be found, and can sort out all undesired objects and determine to activate next letter Road provides another less object in succession, and each layer was less than one second.This makes card 100 or has multichannel RFID logical The other equipment of letter scheme can certainly make user go to object, in the case where user does not need to hesitate at any point always To required object is encountered, the time and efforts of user is saved and the process is made to be beneficial experience.

Make card 100 that there are other features with RFID performance.For example, available minimum close in microcosmic size RFID label tag may be attached to finger, nail, clothes, tangible personal belongings such as glasses, pen etc. or block 100 user Hand.In order to run correctly card 100, the user with RFID label tag needs access to card 100.Card 100 can also combine it Other biological characteristic performance, such as the reception of image recognition, sound etc., carry out RFID label tag with other features relative to user To authenticate, user is living to cross-check and confirmation user has permitted to access to card 100.In an example embodiment, User can have the minimum RFID label tag being placed on each finger, each finger its access card 100 each function and Can be identified individually when each feature, provide to card 100 use tracking and strengthen the user for ensuring only to have permitted The ability of access card 100.In addition, card 100 each of can track on each finger independent RFID label tag and individually or and its His information such as visual analysis is used in conjunction with the degree of approach of this kind of RFID label tag, to determine other phases of card 100 or card 100 The function of closing embodiment should be operated.

The preceding embodiment of the application concentrates on credit card shape.However, the pixelation property of card 100 can advantageously extend To other shapes and equipment.For example, Figure 34 and 35 shows pad 500, above-mentioned pad 500 includes that layer discussed above and pixel are special Sign.Pad 500 can virtually imitate the size of any control panel or construction since pad 500 can have and provide unique property Can, or by using with provide unique performance in conjunction with multiple pads 500.Pad 500 can be constructed with various controls or panel Carrying out pre-programmed or each control panel and each construction can be uploaded via wireless connection or WiFi.Completely visually into The control panel construction that row indicates may include the toggle switch 502 of one or more protection, button switch 504, keyboard 506, Slide control 508, rocker switch 510, dial 512, label 514 etc..

Once specific control panel construction is shown on pad 500, finger or other physical feelings such as hand can be used for Activate virtual or display control.Since pad 500 includes visual identity performance, above-mentioned visual identity performance can be by dressing in class It is similar in the program of processor 110, can be Entirely contactless with contacting for pad 500.Towards the toggle switch 502 protected Finger movement and then transverse movement are interpreted the toggle switch 502 of protection being moved to open position.In the button of protection Then trigger (not shown) below the guard section of sub switch 502 can be activated with similar movement.Other switches It can be moved by disposing finger or hand close to interested switch and with the direction of entity physics actuation of the switch can be caused Finger or hand are activated.Since pad 500 includes audio output performance, each switch movement can be opened in company with instruction is associated The sound of the movement of pass occurs.It even is eliminated wrong report in addition, can reduce by using intellectual analysis, above-mentioned intellectual analysis needs The gesture of finger or hand has specific position or has with switch or control a certain amount of Chong Die to reduce the activation to adjacent switch. Further, since above-mentioned image recognition software identifies gesture, it is suitable for mobile particular switch or control type such as dial The orientation of 512 finger can be identified as only moving dial control, and thus virtual dial 512 can only by Finger position or gesture suitable for carrying out the identification of movement to dial 512 move.

Although pad 500 can show multiple virtual controls, in some cases, there is actual or entity control May be it is valuable, above-mentioned actual or entity control by be similar to pad 500 pad be powered.Referring to Figure 36, show Upper pad 750 and intelligent pad 752.Intelligent pad 750 includes each layer that multiple sensor layers for example describe card 100 and pad 500, Intelligent pad 750 can be fitted close by the recess portion 754 being formed in upper pad 750 and upper pad 750.Upper pad 750 may include making Pad 752 is maintained at each feature in recess portion 754, such as permanent magnet or maintenance feature (not shown).Upper pad 750 includes multiple objects Manage feature, such as multiple buttons 756, rocker switch 758, rotation scale 760, sliding control 762, rotary switch 764, button 766 and display unit 768.Upper pad 750 can also include have unique identifier label 770 such as bar code, Qr code or its His certain identifiers.Label 770 can be placed in recess portion 754 to which pad 752 can be placed in pad 752 in upper pad 750 When " see " or read label 770.

It is that upper pad 750 is designed to not power completely or electrically inert.Pad 752 visually " reads " label 770, above-mentioned Label 770 informs that the type of pad 750 on pad 752, the type of above-mentioned upper pad 750 can individually be been programmed into pad 752, or pad 752 by label 770 close to being able to carry out downloading when prompt.When any control on operator or user's movement on pad 750 It or is that pad 752 is examined by one or more of multiple sensor pixels described herein that can be used for pad 752 when switch Measure the movement of button, switch, dial etc..Pad 752 does not also include any operation lamp or display unit.Display unit such as display unit 768 be actually the transparent part of upper pad 750, so that the display on pad 752 can be on the direction perpendicular to upper pad 750 It is checked.Due to being programmed pad 752 with the physical device such as oscillograph, radio of each control such as with upper pad 750 Broadcasting equipment or other equipment are run like that, each movement of control such as dial 760 so that pad 752 to change it aobvious Show output, so that the user or operator of pad 750 are it can be seen that modify the effect of dial 760.In an example embodiment, One dial 760 may control the synchronization of the signal presented by pad 752, user or operator's energy by " display unit " 768 Enough see the effect according to 768 shift scale disk 760 of display unit, if it is present in actual life anything.On in addition, It is that various controls on pad 750 can be backlight or be illuminated from behind by the display function of pad 752, with allow various controls such as it In practical applications may as it is illuminated.In addition to backlight, the shifting of each control can be indicated from the light efficiency of pad 752 It is dynamic, such as color dynamically changed into very pale red from peony by the color range adjustment carried out with knob, to contain sound Amount setting 0 to 10.By simply touching available flash of light feedback, so you know the touching that system registers you to that key It touches, in addition to other feedbacks.Sound feedback can be from pad 752.

Since pad 752 can be cooperated to multiple for example upper pads 750 of upper pad, training equipment can be by due to multiple this kind of upper pads Single pad 752 " power supply " drives and becomes relatively cheap.In some cases, pad 752 can be bigger than upper pad.In the situation Under, each section below upper pad can not power off, show black or display pattern or boundary pad 752.Implement in an example In example, the boundary of pad 752 exposed to the open air may be used as calculator, notes equipment or allow when carrying out interface connection with upper pad The Training scene of control pad 752.Pad 752 can also be smaller than upper pad, and in this case, two or more pads 752 can be used It is connect with upper pad 750 in being made by pad 752 and export the adaptive capacity that matches with particular demands of each section of display Mouth connection, similar to the embodiment relative to Figure 42-44 in configuration described herein below.That is, two pads 752 will Each output equipment is shared, the mode that above-mentioned each output equipment is suitable for carrying out interface connection with upper pad 750 has size and progress It places.Do not need with upper pad 750 carry out interface connection any region can it is dimmed or deactivate, carry out pen can be provided Note, other function space or can have decorative or recreational figure.

Downside of the upper pad 750 in recess portion 754 can be carried out completely in the region exterior of label 770 by non-repeatability pattern Covering, therefore pad 752 can differentiate the movement of any control on pad, even slight movement.When upper pad 750 is removed When, the software of pad 752 can save the virtual image of pad 750 and inquire whether you want to keep the feasible image and its phase Associated program.If you keep pad 752 to run, you still show identical control in the case where no upper pad 750 on pad 752 Part.The display of each control can be reduced or carry out ceramic tile type and show.It is and upper in addition, if upper pad 750 is more much smaller than pad 752 The part of the associated pad 752 of pad 750 makes its own have the size in each boundary line for meeting pad 750 automatically, in upper pad 750 Each section of the pad 752 of the outside in each boundary line is not still illuminated or provides decorative boundary or display.In certain situations Under, single pad 752 can support pad 750 on two or more when space allows.User can also be primary one on pad 752 Multiple upper pads are disposed aly.The function of each upper pad 750 can be retained in pad 752 so that image and each function continue simultaneously Ceramic tile type is carried out to them to show.

Further, since the cost of upper pad 750 may be relatively cheap, if upper pad is frequently used, pad 752 can be muchly It is retained in original place, and if upper pad 750 wears, becomes out-of-date or other reasons, new replacement is relatively easily replaced, due to Make application program and upper pad 750 and the close-fitting process of pad 752 be it is completely automatic, allow users in no technical support In the case where every now and then to upper pad carry out " instantaneously changing ".

It will be apparent that the sensor performance of pad 752 is that upper pad 750 provides the performance of enhancing, that is, measures or read to each control The ability for the speed that part is activated.For certain situations, if upper pad 750 is controlled for musical instrument or for game, mobile Speed can be converted into the intensity of actuating.

Due to the visual performance of card 100 and the visual performance of more specifically above-mentioned pixel structure, so that other function It is possibly realized with feature.One in these functions and feature is identified to dynamic and static various types of gestures Ability.In addition to extending each performances of credit-card forms as embodied in above-mentioned various cards 100, to static and dynamic gesture into The ability of row identification produces new, unique mechanism.In an example embodiment, card 100 or pad 500 may require that RFID is marked Label are placed on hand or each individually finger with can be such as to virtual switch such as rocker switch 510, sliding control 508 It is activated.Card 100 or pad 500 can also by RFID, fingerprint, gram in pacify or other kinds of identification is come to using card 100 Or pad 500 and access someone identity of each independent feature and track, and for security purposes, training goal, record access This kind of use is recorded Deng with file.

Referring to Figure 37-41, the example embodiment of the card 100 comprising each static gesture according to the application is retouched It states.When user holds card 100 in hand 530, above-mentioned hand 530 includes finger 532 (it is noted that for the application thumb Be considered as finger), user can be intended to be executed specific function with card 100, such as will card 100 be used as phone, video camera or RFID locator.The user of card 100 can will be to the specific crawl of card 100 via the biological characteristic and mark of unique user Associated with the specific function of card 100 or configuration and each unique user, the specific crawl of above-mentioned card 100 can be described as Static gesture.Optionally, default gesture can be used in the user for blocking 100, and above-mentioned default gesture is for the best of specific function Or ideal gesture, it can be shared or can be recognized by the various users of card 100 and shared by user group and be downloaded to card 100。

It is noted that card 100 have other function and performance, each example presented be hold 100 mode with The representative sample of relationship between the functions associated of card 100.Since card 100 includes passing through light detection pixel elements 148 " seeing " Performance and since card 100 is configured to analyze each image, card 100 is configured to a kind of cloth by hand 530 and finger 532 Set hold 100 when identified, a kind of arrangement of above-mentioned hand 530 and finger 532 is associated with the specific function of card 100.? In one example embodiment, blocks 100 edge or side 105 may include that each pixel layer grabs each crawl or each static state with improving Take the ability identified.As previous each embodiment, each arrangement, each crawl or each static gesture can with by card 100 The biological characteristic of one or more layers capture combine with assist to carry out each arrangement, each crawl or each static gesture identification and/ Or the user of card 100 is identified.In addition, card 100 is due to being placed in 102 lower section of the first main surface 101 and the second main surface Each sensor and better understood when various crawls or static gesture.

In an example embodiment shown in Figure 37, hand 530 and finger 532 are with a kind of arrangement, crawl or static gesture 534 hold 100, this kind arrangement, crawl or static gesture 534 can with use card 100 associated as phone.Once card 100 pairs of crawls or static gesture 534 identify that its own is configured as phone running by card 100.Accidentally know to reduce Not, card 100 may include time delay, so that user needs before 100 pairs of card crawls or static gesture 534 identify Hold 100 in scheduled period.

In an example embodiment shown in Figure 38, hand 530 and finger 532 are with a kind of arrangement, crawl or static gesture 536 hold 100, this kind arrangement, crawl or static gesture 536 can with use card 100 associated as video camera.Once card 100 pairs of arrangements, crawl or static gesture 536 identify that its own is configured as phone by card 100.

In an example embodiment shown in Figure 39, hand 530 and finger 532 are with a kind of arrangement, crawl or static gesture 538 hold 100, this kind arrangement, crawl or static gesture 538 can with use card 100 associated as RFID scanner.One 100 pairs of denier card arrangements, crawl or static gesture 538 identify that its own is configured as RFID scanner and carried out by card 100 Running.

Certainly, each possible function that each embodiment of Figure 37-39 only can be accessible by specific crawl or static gesture The sub-fraction of energy.For example, will with special angle along first party always place card 100 with it is specific grab combine can indicate it is short Telecommunication function.Electronics can be indicated by always placing card 100 and specific crawl along the second party perpendicular to first direction with special angle Mail function.100 and with finger pointing relatively on hand or voice is said with specific orientation such as static gesture 536 to hold Order, which can specify, takes pictures.Card 100 will provide preservation and perhaps delete the option of the image obtained or choose video Preservation will be provided when option or deletes the option of video clipping.The user of card 100 always has the whether automatic opponent of selection card 100 The option that gesture is identified.Card 100 selects undesirable mode with reducing including the array of discriminator or filter automatically A possibility that selecting, but mistake still can occur, so there is selection static gesture mode or cancel the ability for selecting the mode It is advantageous feature.

Although various arrangements, crawl or static gesture can customize in advance, the user of card 100 is enabled to define these cloth It sets and provide the user benefit.For example, the people with certain fingers or each section limited or without using hand may need to determine The different crawl of justice or static gesture configuration.In addition, may need to define the only of the construction for being suitable for prosthese using the human body of artificial limb Special static gesture.In addition, certain individuals use different physical feelings as the substitution of hand, above-mentioned different physical feeling packet Include bending part, mouth and the more physical feelings of arm, foot and toe.Setting card 100, which has, makes its each functional adaptation in each body Body region, each mechanical-assisted or any of each biology auxiliary can define or can recognize that the ability of construction provides a kind of unique property Can, above-mentioned each biology auxiliary may include service animal.

Referring to Figure 40, gesture module is shown simultaneously totally with 540 instructions.Gesture module 540 using card 100 orientation with it is right The identification of one or more objects combines, and said one or multiple objects are, for example, finger or other physical feelings, mechanical cause Dynamic device, biological actuator or these any combination.At least part of gesture module 540 is located at the processing of such as card 100 In device 110 and one or more pixel layers.Gesture module includes orientation module 542, crawl analysis module 544 and mode card mould Block 546.

A part that gesture module 540 can be used as series of standards operation module is opened in the processor 110 of card 100 It is dynamic.Once starting, orientation module 542 determines whether card 100 is kept with the orientation for meeting predetermined orientation, above-mentioned preparatory Determining orientation can be associated with predefined mode card or function.If card 100 is with can be predetermined with card 100 Function or the associated orientation of mode are kept, and the information about orientation is provided to crawl analysis module 544.It is analyzed in crawl In module 544, one or more sensors input is analyzed to determine it is pre- whether arrangement, crawl or static gesture correspond to First determining arrangement, crawl or static gesture, and and determine above-mentioned arrangement, crawl or static gesture and block 100 orientation Combination whether corresponding to the memory 114 that is stored in card 100 and/or mode or function in processor 110.It is analyzed by crawl The light detection pixel elements 148 of light detecting layer 186a and 186b of the input of each sensor including Fig. 7 B that module 544 detects, and can be with Pixel elements 111 are inputted including the piezoelectricity to piezoelectricity the input layer 194a and 194b for touching sensitive Fig. 7 B.Grab analysis module 544 To from light detecting layer 186a and 186b each input and other inputs analyze, to determine finger 532 and hand 530 Whether specific orientation meets predetermined configuration.It is this kind of orientation may include finger 532 contact card 100 place or one Or the position of multiple fingers 532, such as give directions finger 532 or lifted with special angle relative to other fingers or hand 530 Finger 532.For example, crawl analysis module 544 can receive the first main side for showing at least three fingers along card 100 101 or second main side 102 side arrangement and it is Chong Die with main surface or side 101 or 102 slightly and individually finger edge Placed longitudinally and Chong Die with the identical main surface or side 101 or 102 each input in side of the opposite flank of card 100, such as Shown in Figure 37.The crawl analysis module 544 in one or more processors such as processor 110 in card 100 is examined by light The optics for surveying layer 186a and/or 186b inputs the orientation for identifying each finger 532 of the side as shown in figure 37 along card 100 Indicate that crawl analysis module 544 is equivalent to the crawl of telephony mode.If the combination and card orientation and crawl of card orientation and crawl Combination predetermined match, then the information is provided to mode card module 546, and above-mentioned mode card module 546, which is acted hurriedly in a messy situation, to be become Card 100 mode or function with predetermined mode or function such as camera function, RFID label tag read functions, phone Function etc. matches.

Referring to Figure 41, it is shown according to the gesture program of the application example embodiment and is indicated generally at 550, Above-mentioned gesture program in one or more modules of gesture module 540 and can be included in the processor example of card 100 In processor 110.It is noted that gesture program 550 can be more great Cheng program subroutine, this can also be to this Shen Please other described programs be applicable in.Therefore, regular " poll " can be carried out to gesture program 550 or is checked to check program Whether 550 executed.Once gesture program 550 is completed or terminated, control, which can then return to, is transmitted to hand for control The calling or original program of gesture program 550.

Gesture program 550 is with the beginning of startup program 552.Startup program 552 may include initialization parameter, reset register And other function relevant to the various programs of gesture program 550 are ready to carry out, the various programs of above-mentioned gesture program 550 can To be executed in processor 110 or in the other parts of card 100.Once startup program 552 is completed, control from starting journey Sequence 552 is transferred to fixed orientation determining program 554.

In the fixed orientation determining program 554 of a part of orientation module 542, gesture program 550 is come from by analysis In one or more pixel layers it is each input come determine card 100 whether be in fixed orientation.The application the embodiment it is upper Hereinafter, fixed orientation is defined as keeping each body of substantially the same arrangement in predetermined minimum interval Partially, the crawl, static gesture or configuration of each artificial limb, each biology auxiliary etc..If not meeting fixed orientation determining program 554 Condition, then gesture program 550 can be recycled by fixed orientation determining program 554 until meeting this kind of condition.However, very It may control when being unsatisfactory for the condition of fixed orientation determining program 554 and (not show return caller or subroutine Out), so that gesture program 550 will effectively be terminated until gesture program 550 is called in the time a little later.

If processor 110 determines that the user of card 100 is held with a kind of fixed orientation according to the analysis to sensing data Have a card 100, control is transferred to crawl analysis program 556 from fixed orientation determining program 554, above-mentioned crawl analyze program 556 to Small part is placed in crawl analysis module 554.In crawl analysis program 556, each element such as hand of card 100 is kept 530 and finger 532 configuration in processor 110 be analyzed.For example, one or more pixel layer such as light detecting layer 186a and The light detection pixel elements 148 of 186b receive the information of the position and orientation about finger 532 and hand 530.Although for holding The data analyzed of configuration of each element of card 100 can be the data from light detection pixel elements 148, but other pictures Element can be used for detecting each element for keeping card 100, such as magnetic output pixel 109 and magnetic input pixel 150, piezoelectricity Output pixel 113 and/or piezoelectricity input pixel 111.It is advantageous in that extension to static gesture or crawl using multiple pixels Definition is to include the performance detected to the arrangement for each element for not being hand 530 and finger 532.For example, card 100 can be by iron The movement arrangement of magnetic bar is kept, and the movement arrangement of above-mentioned ferrod can input pixel elements by non-vision pixel such as magnetic 150 detected or such movement arrangement can be placed on it is permeable for magnetic energy and visually impermeable Inside bright covering.As mentioned previously, the multiple sensing pixels placed as a part of card 100 extend the non-life of detection Object static gesture or the ability of crawl.

For keep card 100 each element such as hand 530 and finger 532 analysis may include finger tip position and with card 100 lap.In addition, crawl analysis program 556 can attempt to series of features and the processor for being stored in such as card 100 110 or memory 114 in predetermined or user-defined one group of feature match, above-mentioned series of features is, for example, edge Card 100 edge a part place hand 530 and along same edge but leave a spacing distance placement finger 530 and With 100 partly overlapping three fingers of card.Crawl analysis program 556 will be attempted to match sensor as much as possible input Memory 114, processor or controller 110 or each configuration elsewhere are stored in find.

Once completing crawl analysis program 556, control is transferred to crawl configuration determination program from crawl analysis program 556 558.Crawl configuration determination program 558 in, processor 110 determine whether arrangement, crawl or static gesture with 100 function of card It is associated or has been defined as 100 function of card.The processor 110 of a part as crawl analysis program 556 may push away The disconnected arrangement of each finger or crawl or static gesture out and the crawl analysis mould for meeting the crawl of telephony mode for being equivalent to card 100 Each parameter of block 556 is close enough.If the arrangement detected by card 100, crawl or static gesture be not related to 100 function of card Join or be not defined as 100 function of card, control returns to above-mentioned fixed orientation determining program 554.In another implementation In example, control can also be transferred to calling or control program or subroutine from crawl configuration determination program 558.If cloth It sets, grab or static gesture is associated with 100 function of card, control is transferred to mode from crawl configuration determination program 558 and changes journey Sequence 560.

At least partly in mode reprogramming 560 in mode card module 546, to the operative configuration of card 100 into Row changes to meet the function of identifying in crawl analysis program 556.As described above, this quasi-mode or function may include camera shooting Machine mode or function, telephony mode or function, RFID scan pattern or function, voice scan or ultrasonography mode or function It can or be programmed into other modes of the processor 110 of card 100.Once the mode that card 100 is limited in crawl analysis program 556 Middle running, control slave pattern reprogramming 560 are transferred to user's terminator 562.

In user's terminator 562, processor 110 determines whether user wishes to terminate or terminate present mode or function Whether energy or user wish to change to different mode or function.It is this kind of to wish that grabbing on card 100 is changed by user It takes or static gesture or each virtual control by directly accessing on card 100 is expressed.If the user desired that terminating current Mode or function, control are transferred to card using determining program 566 is completed from user's terminator 562, will carry out below more in detail Thin description.If the user desired that continuing to use card 100, control is transferred to crawl from user's terminator 562 and maintains determining program 564。

Crawl maintain determining program 564 in, processor 110 determine keep card 100 arrangement, card 100 on crawl or Person is used to keep whether the static gesture of card 100 is maintained.If arrangement, crawl or static gesture are maintained by user, control is logical Crossing crawl maintains determining program 564 to be recycled until user releases or changes arrangement, crawl or static gesture, at that time, control System maintains determining program 564 to be transferred to card and uses completion program 566 from crawl.

In card using in completion program 566, processor 110 determines whether user completes using card 100.This kind of determination can be with Carried out by change in arrangement, crawl or static gesture, or can when user is using each virtual control on card 100 into Row.If user continues to use card 100, control is transferred to fixed orientation determining program 554 using program 566 is completed from card.Just Other programs as previously described, in another embodiment, control can be transferred to caller from card using program 566 is completed Or subroutine, gesture program 550 is returned in the later time.If card 100 user complete using card 100, control from Card is transferred to end program 568 using program 566 is completed, and in above-mentioned end program 568, card 100 can enter suspend mode, sleep Or shutdown mode is to save power consumption, thus termination gesture program 550.

Although concentrating on card 100 to the discussion of static gesture, 500 Yankees of pad are operated in visual identity or analysis.When Finger it is mobile to activate the feature being shown on pad 500 when, pad 500 is based on the processor by being similar to processor 110 from coming from In light detection pixel elements 148 it is received it is each input opponent's fingering row visual analysis to be effective gesture and according to it is in place when Between or before being identified by pad 500 finger is held in the time quantum of specific position to be activated, this kind of gesture can be quiet State gesture.It is described although the application opponent refers to, pad 500 can also be trained to identify that other objects for example activate Equipment, above-mentioned activated apparatus are, for example, light pen, pencil or pen, one piece of wood, metallic rod etc..Pad 500 can by training come The type or type of the object of identification be for all actual purposes but it is unconfined.On the contrary, if pad 500 be trained to Use the sensing capabilities of detection shape, distance etc. to identify pencil as object is activated, is unsatisfactory for the appearance and color of pencil Any object will not be identified, and pad 500 will be unresponsive.By mats 500 to identify certain objects as actuating object Significant safety is provided to the operation of pad 500, third party is made to be difficult to know that certain objects are for example generally to be stored in tool Bamboo chopstick in drawer.

The sensor and display performance of card 100, which are provided, is converted to ad hoc display unit high-definition for multiple cards 100 Performance.Referring to Figure 42-44, it is shown according to the provisional matrix display unit of the application example embodiment and total with 580 Body instruction.In this example embodiment, matrix display unit 580 include be identified as 100p, 100q, 100r, 100s, 100t, 100u, Multiple cards 100 of 100v, 100w and 100w.From the application it is apparent that provisional matrix display unit can have it is substantially any Size is limited solely by the memory and processing electric power of card 100.

In order to create matrix display unit 580, it is provided according to the matrix display module of the application example embodiment And it is totally shown in Figure 43 with 582.Matrix display module 582 is at least partially situated at 110 He of processor of a card 100 In light emitting pixel layer 198a and/or 198b and generally comprise at least two card 100 processor and light emitting pixel layer.Matrix is shown Module 582 includes card detection module 584, main card selecting module 586, matrix definition module 588 and image display 590. Card detection module 584 receives initial matrix and shows signal or control input, and above-mentioned initial matrix shows that signal or control input open Dynamic matrix display module 582.Initial matrix shows that signal or control input can be created the card of provisional matrix display unit by hope User provides.However, card 100 constantly receiving sensor can also input such as WiFi or other RF signals such as RFID, When by 110 pairs of processor card 100 one or more sensors input analyzed with thus identify in side by side relationship The degree of approach of other cards, card 100 can automatically become ad hoc display unit.Once having identified the presence of adjacent card 100, matrix The list of card is supplied to main card selecting module 586 by card detection module 584.Main card selecting module 586 determines which card 100 is square The main card or control card of battle array display unit 580.In an example embodiment, the user or each user for blocking 100 are especially by particular card 100 are identified as main card or control card, and the data or information are provided to other cards in the matrix in card detection module 584.? In another example embodiment, block 100 processor 110 can reciprocally negotiate with determine which card be positioned optimally as main card or Control card.In yet another embodiment, in a matrix with time priority card 100, i.e. the first Zhang Kake in matrix 580 with Received to be main card or control card by every other card 100.

Once having identified main card or control card 100, control is transferred to matrix definition module 588, in matrix definition module In 588, the processor 110 of main card 100 authenticates the arrangement of each card 100 in ad hoc display unit 580.The place of main card 100 Reason device 110 determines the approx. dimension of provisional matrix display unit 580 also to determine the best image configuration of image, and above-mentioned image can be with It is document, picture, video, realtime graphic or any project that can be shown.Once the processor 110 of main card 100 determines The quantity of each card 100 and the distribution of Ge Ka 100, the processor 110 of main card 100 distribute each specific part of image to be shown To the processor 110 of the individual card 100 of each of matrix display unit 580.Once the processor 110 of main card 100 determines matrix That information is simultaneously transferred to matrix display unit 580 by the best configuration of all available cards in display unit 580 together with synchronizing information In other cards 100 processor 110, control from matrix definition module 588 is transferred to image display 590, aobvious in image Show in module 590, each luminescent layer blocked on 100 for the matrix display unit 580 that image is distributed by the processor 110 of main card 100 198a and/or 198b shows or emits that each card 100 of above-mentioned matrix display unit 580 includes main card 100.Referring to Figure 44, according to this The matrix of one example embodiment of application shows that program is shown and is indicated generally at 600, and above-mentioned matrix shows that program can In one or more modules of module 582 and the processor such as processor of card 100 can be at least partially included in In 110.It is noted that matrix shows that program 600 can be more great Cheng program subroutine, this can also be to the application institute Other programs of description are applicable in.Therefore, it can show that program 600 carries out regular " poll " or checks to check program to matrix Whether 600 executed.Once matrix shows that program 600 is completed or terminated, control, which can then return to, passes control The calling or original program of program 600 are shown to matrix.Although it is right in the entire description to Figure 42-44 to should also be noted that Card 100 has carried out reference, but description be also applied for pad 500 and with each performance for being similar to card 100 and pad 500 it is any its His equipment.

Matrix shows program 600 with the beginning of startup program 602.In startup program 602, block the various aspects of 100 function Show that the relevant any system of program 600 can be prepared for operation with to matrix, for example, reset register, establish it is true in advance Fixed value etc..Once completing startup program 602, control from startup program 602 is transferred to the first card, and there are signal procedures 604.

In the first card there are in signal procedure 604, all cards 100 close to each other mutually transmission and reception signal are to establish It is adapted to set up the degree of approach of ad hoc display unit.For example, nine cards can be placed as shown in figure 42, Figure 42 is shown to be regarded in plane Checked in figure or when being checked on the direction orthogonal or vertical with the direction of card 100 in side by side relationship multiple card 100 (100p-100x).Every card 100 can periodically send the near-field-communication signals for finding other cards 100, can be per every about Occur once to reduce electricity consumption within several seconds, or card 100 user near field communication search function can be activated with intentionally or Intentionally it is prepared for creation provisional matrix display unit.Once all cards 100 close to each other are conveyed and establish theirs In the presence of from card, there are signal procedures 602 to move to main card option program 606 for control.

The main card option program 606 at least partly executed in main card selecting module 586 uses one or more technologies To determine the control card or main card 100 of matrix display unit 580.In an example embodiment, blocking 100 user can select in advance Selecting particular card 100 is main card, and in this case, the card 100t of particular card such as Figure 42 is identified as main card or control by all cards 100 Fabrication.In another embodiment, block 100 processor 110 can determine particular card 100 be in in matrix display unit 580 The optimum position that is communicated of every other card 100.In yet another embodiment, the first processor 110 of particular card 100 is known Not Chu other cards 100 in matrix display unit 580 presence, i.e., from the point of view of time angle, the first card of matrix display unit 580 100 can be selected as main card or control card by the processor 100 of all cards 100.Once main card 100 has been selected or has been determined, control Matrix recognizer 608 is transferred to from main card option program 606.

In matrix recognizer 608, the processor 110 of main card 100 determines each card 100 for belonging to provisional matrix as square A part of battle array definition module 588, in order to show that the remainder of program 600 is clearly described to matrix, main card 100 will Referred to as main card 100t.Due to each card according to farther for example, at least four to six inchs, it is close to each other, close, almost it is adjacent, Each card 100 adjacent or side by side is assumed to a part of provisional matrix display unit 580 by main card 100t, and the program or step are weights Want, although be for example likely to be present in stadium, arena or hold with a large amount of people its own card 100 other great Qu Domain can permit each card 100 or even a part that is farther and being still provisional matrix display unit.Once mutually sufficiently close to and with All cards 100 that main card 100t is sufficiently closed to are identified by the processor 100 of main card 100t, are controlled from matrix recognizer 608, which move to image, adapts to program 610.

Image to be shown on matrix display unit 580 needs to adapt to the size of matrix display unit and the arrangement of Ge Ka 100 Or configuration, quantity of the size of above-mentioned matrix display unit dependent on available each card 100；The display unit i.e. in need being adjusted In gap and irregular.It is adapted in program 610 in image, the processor 110 of main card 100t is to image to be shown and display Space assessed and the best match of image be provided.As described above, term image can describe document, picture, video or Any other project that can be presented with vision.Once respectively card 100 or each pad 500 are analyzed and are limited to by processor 100 The best match of matrix display unit 580 and the image relative to matrix display unit 580 determines by processor 110, then matrix Every card 100 in display unit 580 is assigned a part of the image.Then control adapts to program 610 from image and is transferred to number According to transmission procedure 612.

In data transmission procedure 612, the processor 110 of main card 100t by through the RF of edge or side 105 output or Optics output passes data to every card 100 in matrix display unit 580.By every 100 received data of card by processor 110 prepare, and are shown with specific, the non-overlap part to above-mentioned image.Main card 100t can also transmit synchronizing information The time continuity for each image being shown on matrix display unit 580 is kept to every card 100 in matrix display unit 580； The timing of the display of the image on every card 100 in matrix display unit 580 is synchronized to ensure each card 100 while show Show each section of same image.By above description it is apparent that respectively blocking in matrix display unit 580 is all logical between 100 Letter is usually wireless, but wired line is also possible and may need in some cases.Once distributing data and same Step data has been transferred to all cards 100 in matrix display unit 580, and control is transferred to image from data transmission procedure 612 and shows Show program 614.

In image display program 614, in matrix display unit 580 it is each card 100 by actuating luminescence unit 122 and/ Or second luminescence unit 124 promote each light emitting pixel member be operable to display image each section.Control is then transferred to figure As determining program 616, in image determining program 616, the processor 110 for blocking 100t determines whether shown present image needs It is maintained, or whether wishes new images.If present image carries out display or new images are shown, control System is transferred to the second card, and there are signal procedures 618.It is cancelled or if matrix if the image on matrix display unit 580 is shown Display unit 580 is removed, then control is transferred to terminator 620, and in above-mentioned terminator 620, all cards 100 are mutually disconnected It opens, matrix shows that program 600 terminates.

Back to the second card, there are signal procedures 618, although may want to the static configuration for holding matrix display unit 580, It is one of matrix display unit 580 in the dynamic environment being for example likely to occur in the collection to 100 holders of each independent card The quantity of each card 100 divided can increase or decrease over time.Therefore, locate in the second card there are in signal procedure 618 Reason device 110 determines that each of a part for forming matrix display unit 580 blocks whether 100 after preceding primary determination still maintain constant. If card 100 has been added to matrix display device sand device 580 or removes from matrix display unit 580, in the second card, there are signal procedures 618 In will be used to making matrix display unit 580 to adapt to each block 100 by processor 100 by information that all cards 100 are supplied to card 100t Availability.Once completing the second card there are signal procedure 618, control is transferred to matrix recognizer 608 from program 618, and Matrix shows that program 600 continues as above-mentioned.

Although described previous exemplary embodiment is mutually adjacent or closely by multiple cards 100 on opposed flattened surface Placement, also can be used with attract magnet material such as ferromagnetic material supporter or including permanent magnet or electricity Assembly surface of the substrate of magnet as multiple cards 100.This kind of supporter allows to create vertically extending surface, above-mentioned vertically to prolong The surface stretched is used for multiple cards 100 of temporary or permanent ad hoc display unit by returning.By the way that software is packed into every card 100 Processor 110 is easy creation display unit to create ad hoc display unit, by the performance that multiple cards 100 are arranged to vertically displayed portion There is relatively little of sacrifice with the appearance of neighboring edge cheap and along each card 100.

Since card 100 includes each component and each function that can be uniquely identified to each user by biological data Can, blocking 100 processor 110 can allow more than one user to login the processor 110 of card 100 simultaneously, make each user It is able to access that each performance by the card 100 in main card owner's allowed band and each file.For example, 100 owners of card can permit Perhaps the card 100 of the second user access owner.The owner of card 100 is by least one biologicalinput such as fingerprint, micro- sphygmogram Shape, speech recognition etc. are uniquely identified, and can be known such as password, figure identification by other one or more inputs Not.Permission is arranged so that second user is able to access that the processor of card 100 in the owner of card 100 in the processor 110 of card 100 110.When permission is arranged in the processor 110 of card 100 in the owner, the owner can will deposit letter device 114 and/or processor Contents segmentation in 110 simultaneously limits access of the second user to the information being stored in card 100.Once the processor 110 of card 100 Second user is identified by one or more inputs from each pixel layer described in above-mentioned such as Fig. 7 B, blocks 100 place Device 110 is managed by via the user from the received living things feature recognition card release 100 of one or more pixel layers, and each user can be with The processor 110 of card 100 is logined simultaneously.In practical usage situations, blocking 100 owner can use for the first purpose Card 100, the processor 110 for blocking 100 identifies the use.When the owner of card 100 gives card 100 to second user, card 100 Processor 110 obtain the input of one or more biological characteristics from one or more pixel layers, and allow second user access the The part for the card 100 that two users are licensed for access to such as memory 114 and processor 110.Second user then can be by card 100 Return to 100 owner of card, block 100 processor 110 restore when the owner of card 100 gives card 100 to second user its The session of 100 user of card of interruption.Two users simultaneously in card 100 in the range of in the case where, block 100 processor 110 can inquire 100 owner of card which user should control via the transmission from pixel layer.Figure 45 and 46 is shown Each module and each program of the example embodiment to allow at least two users to login card 100 can be executed.It will be apparent that Can each module to Figure 45 and 46 and each program be extended to allow to be operated by more than two users, be limited solely by Memory 114 and processor 110 handle the ability of the operation of multiple users.

Referring to Figure 45, user's identification and control module are shown and are indicated generally at 650.User's identification and control module 650 include card active module 652, card identification module 654, card segmentation module 656 and card operation module 658.User identification and Each program that control module 650 can at least partly be blocked 100 by dressing in processor 110 or mutually is related to the control of each function In the other parts of the card 100 of connection.When the card owner activates, " powering on ", operates or executes card 100 is made to work Necessary movement, so that generating user inputs to card active module 652, user's identification and control module 650 are operated.Card Active module 652 sends initial identification signal to card identification module 654, and card identification module 654 receives above-mentioned multiple sensors Sensor input at least one sensor pixel such as light detection pixel elements 148 in pixel.

When being recognized by the user other module requests with control module 650, card identification module 654 believes the user of license Breath is transferred to other modules of user's identification and control module 650.But the owner of card 100 allowed by complete license perhaps its Other people use certain or all features of card 100, but are subordinated to the license of the owner or primary user of card 100 always.It is this kind of to be permitted It can be executed in card identification module 654.Once the user of identification is close from sensor input and other input such as passwords, figure Code, vocal print, retina duplication etc. are identified, and the user information of license is transferred to card segmentation module 656.

Card segmentation module 656 usually only provides multiple subregions when multiple users operate card 100.Therefore, if The owner of only card 100 is operating card 100, and subregion is unnecessary, and blocks 100 and be effectively shielded from card segmentation module 656.If multiple users are operating card 100, card segmentation module 656 provides the position in memory such as memory 114, So that the subordinate of card 100 or nonowners user operate in the case where not influencing the data of other users.Therefore, block Every user data or information are isolated from each other by 100 processor 110 by subregion, and above-mentioned subregion can be physical extent or virtual Subregion.If multiple users are operating card 100, each subregion is formed, and the information about each subregion is provided to card behaviour Make module 658.

In card operation module 658, each operation is associated with biological characteristic and other possible input such as passwords, and And requested operation is delegated to the subregion appropriate established by card segmentation module 656.In order to provide the pass with each user Connection, when being operated every time in card operation module 658, card operation module 658 sends verifying user and requests to give card identification module 654, above-mentioned card identification module 654 is such as above-mentioned operate and provides back the user information of license to card operation module 658.Due to Each operating procedure the mark of each user is authenticated can be it is time-consuming, multiple processors can be placed in card 100 Above-mentioned identification function is input and carried out to handle biological characteristic.Although card 100 can be operated with multiple user's ratios with single user Get up slower, but enable multiple users to the advantages of card 100 is operated for example meet in some environments in commercial affairs or It is significant in meeting.

User's identification and control module 650 may include each program of each function of execution module 650, such as shown in Figure 46 And the user's recognizer being indicated generally at 700.User's recognizer 700 is with the beginning of startup program 702, above-mentioned startup program 702, which can recognize the processor 100 including card 100, senses card 100 and has been picked up by someone, but startup program 702 can not also wrap Include the specific action of the progress of card 100.From startup program 702, control moves to card activation program 704 from startup program 702.

In card activation program 704, card 100 is switched to opening from standby or closing by above-mentioned first user, blocks 100 at this time Processor 110 can reset register, setting 110 value of initial processor, opening program and execute card 100 initial operation need The other function wanted.Once completing card activation program 704, control is transferred to logging program 706 from program 704.

In logging program 706, the processor 110 for blocking 100 inputs pixel layer such as light detecting layer by least one 186a or 186b receives the log-on message from the first user, and above-mentioned first user is assumed that card is " all in example implementation Person ", using term " owner ", in a sense, " owner " is generally to be responsible for using card 100 and to card 100 People.In an example embodiment, card 100 can be organized to possess and be loaded into one or more features, such as company's letter With card, website or room access code and other information relevant to tissue.Card 100 is then and to be assigned to the official of tissue Or employee, then the official or employee of above-mentioned tissue become card holder or " owner ", although card 100 belongs in this example The tissue.Blocking 100 log-on messages may include one or more passwords, figure input, vocal print, retina scanning and other hands The input of dynamic or biological characteristic.Once the first user logins, control is transferred to the first user or owner's operation from logging program 706 Program 708.

In the case where the first user of card 100 is unique subscriber, the first user's operation program 708 continues until One user completes using card 100.If the first user stops using card 100 in a certain lasting period, block 100 processor 110 can enter standby mode or shutdown mode according to the time interval after user's operation card 100.However, knowing in user Under the background of other program 700, at least one other people will use card 100, so control is shifted from the first user's operation program 78 To Rights Program 710.

In Rights Program 710, the permission of at least one further user of above-mentioned first user setting, above-mentioned at least one is attached Adding user is second user in this example.In another example embodiment of the application, above-mentioned first user can be to reality Permission is arranged in further user without limitation quantity on border.For permitted carry out simultaneously log in and using block 100 each one, above-mentioned first User can be set password or to enabled card 100 processor 100 be arranged a kind of mode of card 100 with from second (and third, 4th etc.) user obtains biological information.Once the processor 110 of card 100 has at least one input pixel by card 100 The biological information can be held in memory by the biological information from second user that layer obtains, the first user In 114 or it is readily accessible in the other positions of card 100.In above-mentioned Rights Program, block the 100 automatic Ground Split of processor 110 A part of memory 114 is inserted to second user, and by the information relative to access memory 114 provided by the first user The subregion.Above-mentioned first user can provide the permission of the first user institute allowed band to second user, or provide by company The permission of the limitation institute allowed band of policy setting, the permission of above-mentioned first user institute allowed band may include to card 100 The access that the bottom line to the processor 100 and memory 114 of card 100 is accessed completely of processor 110 and memory 114 Such as what photo, video, specific file etc., above-mentioned company policy can be set to card holder and be limited to make For permission.Once being provided with permission to second user, which can occur in the previous session with card 100, control from power Limit program 710 is transferred to the first transmission program 712.

In the first transmission program 712, second user is supplied to by 100 in above-mentioned first user subject.The processing of card 100 Device 110 periodically inquires said one or multiple sensor layers, when the processor 100 of card 100 identifies card release 100 no longer by the When one user is held, the processor 110 for blocking 100 is attempted to obtain identification from second user in second user recognizer 714 Information.This kind of identification information can be the one or more information that can be used for the processor 110 of card 100, such as vision or optics, Micro- pulse information, Ke Lian etc..If card 100 processor 110 can to it in each middle sensor received biological characteristic Information is matched, then the processor 110 for blocking 100 identifies that second user is license user and is allowed access to memory 114 Partitioning portion.Although being not shown in Figure 46, if the processor 110 of card 100 is unable to identify that second user, card 100 Processor 110 can be programmed to contact legal agency, bank or other entities via its WiFi or other transmission performances, The owner for alerting one or more entity cards 100 is not the license user of card 100.Once the processor 110 of card 100 identifies The second user of card 100, control are transferred to second user operation sequence 716 from second user recognizer 714.

In second user operation sequence 716, second user is in the allowed band for the subregion established by the first user Card 100 is operated.Control is periodically transferred to second user operation judges program 718, sentences in second user operation In disconnected program 718, the processor 110 for blocking 100 determines whether card 100 continues to use card 100.This kind of use, which can be, passes through gesture Positive use, card 100 is used as actively carrying out with or by the memory 114 and processor 110 of card 100 for display unit Other of the permitted card 100 of subregion actively use.If second user continues to use card 100, control is transferred to second user Operation sequence 716.If second user does not use card 100, control is transferred to from second user operation judges program 718 is published Second user determining program 720.

In publishing second user determining program 720, processor 110 determines whether second user needs to publish.It is this kind of to sentence The disconnected shortage that can be used based on the input to card 100 or persistently, or can prepare card 100 returning first such as second user User is simple like that.If second user, without publishing, control moves to the second transmission program from second user determining program 720 722, in the second transmission program 722, second user gives card 100 to the first user.Control is then from the second transmission program 722 It is transferred to first user's recognizer 724.

In first user's recognizer 724, the processor 110 for blocking 100 uses various identification journeys described herein Sequence is with the identification of determining first user.Once the identification of the first user has been established, control is transferred to the first user's operation program 726, in above-mentioned first user's operation program 726, above-mentioned first user operates card 100.Periodically, control is from the One user's operation program 726 is transferred to the first user's operation determining program 728, in above-mentioned first user's operation determining program 728 In, the processor 110 for blocking 100 determines whether the first user continues to operate card 100.If the first user continues to card 100 are operated, and control is transferred to the first user's operation program 726 from the first user's operation determining program 728.If first uses Family is as using card 100, control is transferred to from the first user's operation determining program 728 does not publish second user determining program 730。

In publishing second user determining program 730, processor 110 determines whether second user will grasp card 100 Make.If second user will operate card 100, control moves to the first transmission program 712, and user's recognizer 700 It is continued operation Ru above-mentioned.If second user no longer operates card 100, control is from publishing second user determining program 730, which are transferred to second user, publishes program 732, publishes in program 732 in above-mentioned second user, above-mentioned second user publishes card 100 processor 110.

Second user determining program 720 is published in return, if second user will be published, control is transferred to third transmission program 734, in above-mentioned third transmission program 734, card 100 is restored to the first user.Then control transmits 734 turns of program from third Move to first user's recognizer 736, in above-mentioned first user recognizer 736, block 100 processor 110 run so that Biological information is obtained to attempt to be identified as permitting by the first user from the first user with various technologies described herein User.Once having identified the first user, control is transferred to above-mentioned second user and publishes program 732.

Program 732 is published from second user, control, which is transferred to, publishes first user's determining program 738.In program 738, Whether need to publish to judge about the first user.This kind of judgement can automatically and by card 100 be based on after the first user couple Interval after card 100 is operated is made or this kind of judgement can be made by the first user, and publish to carry out manually.Such as The first user of fruit not publish, then control is transferred to the first user's operation program 740, in above-mentioned first user's operation program 740 In, above-mentioned first user continues to operate card 100.Then control is transferred to the first use from the first user's operation program 740 Family operation judges program 742.

In the first user's operation determining program 742, processor 110 determines whether the first user continues to carry out card 100 Operation.If the first user continues to operate card 100, control, which is transferred to, above-mentioned publishes first user's determining program 738. If the first user does not continue to operate card 100, control is transferred to the first user and publishes program 744.Back to publishing First user's determining program 738, if the first user will publish from card 100, control is transferred to from first user's determining program 738 First user publishes program 744.It is published in program 744 in the first user, the first user is nullified by 100 people of processor card 100.Card Then 100 can enter standby or close pattern, user's recognizer 700 is to terminate the termination of program 746.

Each performance of card 100 provides each application to installation security.Since card 100 is especially the pixel heap including Fig. 9 The embodiment of folded 800 card 100 can collect image and transmit light with multiple wavelength and specific coding, and card 100 is applicable to In the environment for needing ad hoc security system.Referring to Figure 47, place 850 is shown.Place 850 includes at least one safety container example Such as safety, the showcase that locks, the cabinet etc. of latching, at least one above-mentioned safety container can be the first safety container 852, the Two safety containers 854 and third safety container 856.Place 850 further includes one or more entrances 858.

In the various positions that can be placed in place 850 including multiple cards 100 that pixel stacks 800.Every card 100 Including emitting the highly coherent monochromatic performance that there is specific coding or export pulse.Once respectively card 100 is placed on field In ground 850, every card 100 is set to transmit the optical signal of specific coding, and the optical signal of above-mentioned specific coding is in an example It is monochrome signal in embodiment.Every other card 100 is " trained " or is arranged to identify the every other card 100 in place 850 Transmission, then each card 100 can be set to record the information detected by the sensor of each card 100, such as audio and view Feel information.Every card 100 is expected to be checked by the specific coding of 100 transmitting of each card in place 850.The transmission of this kind of coding is by appointing What one card 100 is provided at predetermined intervals, or in predetermined arrangement or in random arrangement, is come from The end of the transmission of the coding of one card 100 can trigger the subsequent transmission from another card 100.If any card 100 do not receive correct coding from another card 100, or if the variation for blocking 100 received signals by one is compared It has been more than particular percentile in the level being previously detected, above-mentioned reception card 100 can send the warning that something or other may malfunction, Such as " deception " or the possibility attempt for inhibiting a card 100.The configuration is acted as because of the sensitivity of each sensor layer of card 100 With.Even if the visual field of card 100 is not enough to " seeing " entire room, will be reflected from the light of any one card 100 and on the scene 850 surrounding of ground is propagated, as shown in the various arrows 860 in Figure 47.In addition, via entrance 858 or other positions in place 850 Into place 850 someone by be enough to reduce upset by the amount of the intensity of other 100 received light of card in place 850 by It is any one card 100 transmitting light intensity, thus every card 100 thus by light intensity variation influenced with because light intensity occur Unexpected change and give a warning.Therefore, card 100 may be used as a part of the ad hoc secure network of low cost, above-mentioned low cost Ad hoc secure network need bottom line infrastructure and in addition to may provide external electrical supply electricity to card 100 with increase operation Long be outside one's consideration hardly needs conducting wire.

Each function of the revealed system of Figure 47 can be with the card 100 of authorized individuals such as guard or the presence of other equipment It combines.Since the presence for 100 pairs of these equipment of each card being placed in place 850 detects, into any of place 850 People must provide identification via their equipment or card 100, to provide about in the identification equipment not through correctly permitting In the case where existing movement warning.As described in the present application, a part of above-mentioned identification may include to Portable device The living things feature recognition that body carries out.

Card 100 provide the user many benefits in multiple performances and environmentally.Card 100, which provides, to be couple to and network 210 create the performance of identity and safety feedback circulation when being communicated with one or more remote servers 200.Such as it is above-mentioned anti- Feedback can be related to several integration, encryption, safety, evidence obtaining and fingerprint or license user may be for its of state and every transaction He records the other biological feature checked.Server 200 may represent the state data comprising the encryption information about user Library or enterprise database, the information that 200 pairs of above-mentioned server cards 100 are collected in transaction are compared.Term " state " can wrap Entity state such as Virginia is included, but can be broadly any government entity comprising this kind of record, such as any state, Federal or supergovernment mechanism.The aobvious of holographic driving license (such as Virginia uses hologram image) now may be appeared as The portion of showing can include fingerprint or other identification images.In general, any position of body can be biological characteristic, finger by " coining " Whole surface can be included to the safety of higher form.Holography identification image may include that user will have on their people Some objects, such as the step of logining card 100 or otherwise access card are scanned as using to their wrist-watches 100.Optionally or in addition, above-mentioned holographic identification image may include the lip print or ear print of user.By the way that one will be stored in Or the information in multiple databases is compared with the information transmitted by card 100, the above-mentioned information transmitted by card 100 is, for example, to wrap From the received information of user such as biological information or other letters contained in the information on card 100 and at point of sale or transaction Breath, server 200 can transmit information back to place, so that place can determine whether card 100 is legal rather than pseudo- Whether people make and that card 100 is presented is license user.Therefore, card 100 can be the component part of feedback cycle, above-mentioned Feedback cycle is with user, the data obtained by card 100 from user, the data being stored on card 100 such as fingerprint, image, safety Code etc. and the information being stored in the processor of strange land start.

Further safety can be provided by software approach.For example, as there are every card at least three different elements to exist On two sides, the total primary element of a total of six: two display units, two magnetic stripe surfaces and two CCD or other imaging tables Face.Each element obtains unique identification, so that these unique identifications are passed when user carries out any type of transaction.It is pseudo- The person of making will be seen that each sensor for being difficult to avoid card 100 and multilayer while data transmission and reception in (multiple) processor.Phase Than in just in each pixel of secured transmission of payload data, card 100 can be refused to identifying each picture for being used for transmission wooden horse data The data of element are transmitted.The refusal is unknown for adulterator and occur due to mandatory biological characteristic or other security information. The same application for the unique identifier for being permanently assigned to each element is suitable for exporting equipped with for piezoelectricity input and piezoelectricity Each side of each piezoelectric element of function.

In modern, suitable POS system, card 100 uses bi-directional display to have to carry out interface connection due to card 100 There is the security performance, and blocks the snapshot for the coining that 100 can take or obtain user to complete to trade.In fact, in addition to it He permits that such as voice, password, face recognition, card 100 can need effective fingerprint or other unique biometric identifiers So that transaction can continue to carry out.Later, in order to carry out audit or safety certification, above-mentioned snapshot is passed to service by card 100 Device, and above-mentioned POS also snapshot having the same.Above-mentioned server or server operator audit to the thing and core It is right, it was demonstrated that it is that license is remembered and has been tampered without recording.When card holder say their credit card be stolen and to When fixed purchase " not being them ", storekeeper and credit card company may powerlessly be revolted, and blocked 100 and improved storekeeper and credit card is public It takes charge of protected possibility.

Above-mentioned display unit may be used as the form of ID.POS operator can check ID when card 100 is scanned. When whenever consideration is traded, user can show electronics ID.As platform becomes more general because user is growing Time, the ID that can replace old form with the ID perhaps by state license through correctly encrypting.It has been generally acknowledged in credit card shape After standard, above-mentioned display unit is designed to imitate the proof of identification of driving license and other forms.Imitate driving license ability or configure into One step highlights the flexibility of credit card shaped (shape) and advisability.

In high speed and the complicated world now, be easy to realize between safety and business can evolve into how It is fuzzy.Accordingly, it may be desirable to which credit card to be to trade, but driving license or alternative document may be attached to need in some cases It wants: age sensitivity purposes, medical service matters, travelling etc..In addition, the concern to safety it is growing and with machine substitute POS In the growing world of the technical performance of personnel, it is easy to see, be likely to increase to the demand for security in each transaction.

The previous effort for changing personal wireless device such as mobile phone has produced countless interfaces, and certain interfaces are built in hand Machine, it is certain as encryption lock or device are attached to mobile phone.In all cases, card 100 disclosed herein is programmable by it Magnetosphere back compatible at once, as the application further describes.

If being described in more detail herein, it is possible that being related to the joint transaction of multiple cards.In addition, this kind of trade fair needs Optical data is transmitted (since the certain operations being described in same place may be in the case where no magnetism POS reader It is related to multiple cards of the application), this becomes complicated due to other reasons, such as there is each card safe optical data to be encoded in It corresponds usually in each region of magnetic stripe position.Coordinate to the display data between each card are handled simultaneously as far as possible, such as will Display is moved to the obstruction on a card to avoid the opaque magnetic stripe in another card, will increase delay time and multiple steps It is handled, to interfere the transaction.Accordingly, there exist to being able to carry out, optics is talked with and magnetic stripe is shown as in optics dialogue Needs that are transparent or hidden and being the Embedded smart card with obstruction free data.It is read described herein using magnetic stripe In the case that each transaction or part for reading device are traded, smart card is by using specific, the modulation, signal in magnetic data Exchange or other modifications are can increase functional (such as safety etc.) in company with optical data.

As applicant has authenticated, the film display unit for showing purposes as here depicted is to magnetic Field is interfered without essence.Since film display unit can be used for creating any display unit of its creation of guidance, the micro-coil in magnetic field Or other generators can face or lower section behind, and if necessary, opaque layer can be therebetween simply to prevent Only hardware thin portion " display penetrate " and image is made to become chaotic.In order to make display unit have unified background, opaque layer can be with It may include the whole region of the card 100 below display unit more to be covered, such as substantially entire first main table Face 101 and/or entire second main surface 102.Therefore, these same alike results can be adapted for two sides of card 100.

In addition, in a preferred embodiment, above-mentioned display unit covers above-mentioned magnetic stripe so that mechanical outline and previous appearance In conjunction with.Therefore, each corner of above equipment on two side faces is rendered as pure pixel structure.But each magnetic stripe or its position etc. Still there, and if there is magnetic stripe, they are that directionality is symmetrical to jljl.

Back to security feature, it can be used known to the last time obtained by card 100 or be used by security system Fingerprint, fingerprint that is the last known or using can be contained in server 200 or it is associated with network 210 its He is local, and above-mentioned security system and card 100 can be reported and give its respective network.Card 100 can be carried out next time It is reported when docking and gives its depressed place.Two different data events (angle from card 100 and the angle from safety lock) can recorde institute There are these details to carry out forensics analysis if necessary.Safety and transaction protection are the hallmarks of card 100 and system 1, are provided Every transaction has the e-commerce of proof of identification (records of all data).

Every transaction between POS and card 100 shows as two different circulations." transaction " of overall safety for example exists POS transaction is first circulation, and above-mentioned first circulation can be shared with other services, but only bottom line, force it is necessary Data be used to communicate with card 100 and be used to communicate with card 100 without encryption method, key or image and indicate the Two, " safety " recycles.The circulation that every kind of circulation is different, is closed completely in logic, above two circulation is in two directions Extend.

In an example embodiment, have multilayer with substantially card 100 entire first main surface 101 or entire surface and Optionally each face i.e. the first main surface 101 and the second main surface 102 of two sides of card 100 are associated.Card 100 can have The mode of creation signal exchange path other than the docking software of the element shown in etc..Wherein above-mentioned multilayer can be the (surface LED Assembly) layer, CCD layer (LED layer underface or with LED layer offset) and magnetic input/output layer (again, at CCD layers Underface/in the following, do not need to deviate with CCD or LED, but may be used for the tiny crystals with dopant, above-mentioned dopant Above-mentioned crystal is set to change opacity in the presence of a magnetic field；Extremely for example, with reference to Fig. 4 D, more complicated array and Fig. 7 A 8B), and sequence as shown.

In an example embodiment, blocking 100 luminous component has opportunity appropriate via its design.It is above-mentioned to shine Part such as light emitting pixel member 107 can emit each color not in human visible range.Although human eye can not perceive certain A little frequencies or modulation, but above-mentioned emerging reception/detection unit 126 and 128 (such as CCD) can detecte them.From card 100 Light emitting pixel member 107 or other equipment are transmitted and by the received each pattern of light detection pixel elements 148 or are sent in a card 100 provide highly complex signal exchange event, keep synchronous or synchronous event and add to each pattern of second card 100 Close login.Signal exchange event, synchronous event and the encrypted login may include for example to the sightless color of human eye and with The pattern of function of time variation.

Magnetic output and magnetic input layer can be formed as two layers in certain embodiments.Send the same piezoelectricity or micro- of magnetic data Coil also can receive it, thus block 100 can be designed and configured to execute using from one layer or layer each pixel Dual function.The density of magnetic " pixel " does not need the concentration for having so high as display technology.But giving order With enough magnets to generate field strength X (wherein X is enough values that conventional reader is written) in density and position in the region of position It is upper important.Above-mentioned density only needs to lure into the magnetic data that tape reader or existing magnetic reader " seeing " pass through.

Although the magnetic output pixel discussed above for concentrating on having enough energy to imitate traditional magnetic stripe or tape 104 109 and magnetic input pixel 150, in another example embodiment, magnetic output pixel 109 can generate enough magnetic properties, magnetic Input pixel 150 is enough sensitively, so as to execute near field magnetic resonance imaging.Although magnetic resonance in credit card shape at The electric power of picture be it is relatively low, this kind of imaging can penetrate surface such as skin so that superficial defects to be imaged.This kind of performance It can be to seeing that fragment, hangnail and other superficial defects are very useful, so as to emergency treatment and determine the need for curing It is very beneficial to treat relief.In addition, magnetic resonance imaging can assist the identity and attempting for determining people approach card 100 finger whether be It is living rather than compared to the fingerprint duplication of the finger of people living, having breathing or other fingerprint sources.Because what is carried out by card 100 The speed component of scanning due to shallow depth scanning and partially due to the performance of processor 110 and it is very high, card 100 can be shot Magnetic resonance imaging video, above-mentioned magnetic resonance imaging video provide measurement pulse rates and assist the ability of blood pressure measurement.Therefore, Magnetic resonance imaging, which has, to be extended the serviceability of card 100 and the performance of a part of the security feature as card 100.

In an example embodiment, certain members in luminescence unit 122 and 124 and/or optical detecting unit 126 and 128 Part for example can be configured to the voltage generated according to 100 outside or inside of card or field, such as basis using MEMS and NEMS technology The magnetic field of generation predictably or is in a predetermined manner moved.Therefore, it goes out from card 100 or into card 100 Light can according to card 100 generate magnetic field or according to from the magnetic field of external source with minor modifications.Magnetic part thus can be right Optical signal is modulated.Above-mentioned optical signal can also be used as carrier in classical meaning to carry data at higher frequencies.Also, It is presented the array element of other mixing array on the card 100, such as each element of the array of magnetic output unit 134 and 135 can be with It is similarly configured to according to from putting plus voltage, electric current or the field etc. in source is moved.This kind of modulator for example can be to hair The light penetrated carries out low frequency modulations, so as to provide the complex way for executing signal exchange and negotiating.For example, from the first luminescence unit 122 and second luminescence unit 124 emit light can provide need as signal exchange negotiate a part specific identification letter Breath.However, it is possible to which the low frequency light modulation provided by initial handshake information can form the second of above-mentioned signal exchange identification Part, above-mentioned low frequency light modulation can be predetermined and to server 200 or other equipment it is known that can be based on existing The algorithm that field generates is determined, and above-mentioned low frequency light modulation determines whether card 100 is licensed and executes required transaction.Show at one In example embodiment, the user of license is known that the PIN of separation or determines other many identifications of the frequency of low frequency light modulation User is identified as unlicensed by feature, incorrect modulation, it may be necessary to which additional identification or calling authorities are arrested.

Card 100 can also use embedded sound components and with tinkle communicated so that POS operator first scans use The discount coupon (or the code being presented on entity or virtual coupon, such as bar code and Qr) at family, then to transaction at Reason.Bar code or two dimensional code only encrypt all discount coupons for the purchase for being suitable for user.

The dealing of commodity or service can share marketing data based on User Agreement and (such as save their sensitivity simultaneously Data) either by buying and presenting " purchasing by group " (or needing fund come any discount coupon for exchanging for) as making purchase in totality On preferably bought and sold, or card 100 can generate given user and have more in the X degree of approach to specific products or service The warning of good dealing, wherein X is at user option distance or time element.By such information and old tradition POS system carries out interface connection or such information is transferred to old conventional POS systems to come in many ways It realizes, such as the bar code for scanning that can be read by traditional POS system can be presented in card 100.In addition, to traditional POS system is transformed to adapt to card 100 in each attached drawing that elsewhere in this specification is identified and show.

It is alternatively possible to around traditional POS system, into the seller's (storekeeper) database and independent receipt is presented, on Stating receipt proves that the seller has been paid for, so that each article is now the property of user, user can take each article away from shop.With this Kind mode, card 100 can be used as portable POS systems and operated.Also, place can stop the POS system to its own Invest and uses system 1 described herein.The seller is only it needs to be determined that the people for attempting to take away " X " from shop passes through transaction " Y " is paid (proof of purchase) to " X ".In view of when each product is placed in entity or virtual shopping cart to each production Lyu The ability for carrying out dynamic " payment ", to each independent object carry out unique identification ability can for benefits of different parties and to place with The POS system in shop and automatic stock maintenance function are improved.For example, system 1 and its server 200 can be integrated into place Stock managing system, with reduce purchase article and increase return article.If all items NFC label of its own Unique identification is carried out, being restored on shelf can be completed by purchaser, it is assumed that purchaser does not dismantle packaging and in packaging All parts comprising article.Certainly, place can limit the type returned automatically, thus such as food and certain high prices Value article is examined at customer service to carry out return license.

Due to store system can shopping cart close to produce point when the content in shopping cart is scanned, then can be with Shopping cart contents are matched with the holder of card 100, shop security is greatly improved by the system.If each content with it is specific Block 100 lists that are associated and having been paid to match, the user and the shopping cart of user for blocking 100 can be in the clear It exits.If the list that each content of shopping cart and card 100 generate mismatches or if it occur in vendor system or card 100 His problem or failure, alarm issue, and problem can be resolved before user leaves place.Card 100 can also return article Or warning is provided with specific interval when providing other credits, but credit is not in such as 30 days within the predetermined time Corresponding account can be published to.

In an example embodiment, card 100 can be used family and login mass transit system.For example, appointing in the next stop When time can be logged in (such as using wireless communication between card 100 and transportation system's reader).This is provided the user with More times and less crowd gather at transportation system's narrow orifice, such as at reader when into railway station.Government, city Also it is hoped that there will be more safety, the security level of enhancing will be provided by blocking 100 biological characteristic for political affairs authorities and enterprise.For example, these Biological characteristic can be synchronized and be sent with wireless communication described herein.

In an example embodiment, door or lock (not shown) may include or otherwise with use be similar to card 100 configuration (the mixing array sufacing for example including the card 100 by being described by Fig. 3-5,7A-7B and 8A-8B) Display system is associated, so that above-mentioned door or lock include the technology mutually compatible with card 100.In an example embodiment, user Card 100 can be provided in supporter, thus its towards the display unit of door or lock, along the route of previously described signal exchange Carry out signal exchange with the display system of door or lock, above-mentioned door or lock determine that it knows the card 100 using identifier, such as to Uniquely block XXXYYYZZZ in family.Then, have the supporter of card 100 must be by the before allowing access into door or opening lock Two safety measures.In second measure, block 100 code, the fingerprints or special including biology that can be identified with transfer gate or lock Levy other data of data.

For biological attribute data, card 100 can be used compared to more biological characteristics described herein, including From two or more biological characteristics of single target.For example, the fingerprint of the same finger, capillary figure etc..In addition, raw Object feature is read can be from target object (such as finger or the thumb on or near the surface from any position on the surface Refer to) it obtains, obtain when card 100 is two sided from the different target object (for example, index finger and thumb) of two sides of card 100 , and have multiple biological characteristics for each object on each side.In an example embodiment, the first biological characteristic Such as fingerprint can be obtained from the first target object on a side of card 100, while the second biological characteristic such as capillary Form can be obtained from the second target object in the second side of card 100.In an example embodiment, novel in order to prevent In the scene often imagined for this kind of equipment, eye, finger or other physical feelings obtain from victim and make in above-mentioned scene For input equipment, card 100 has the performance that temperature is authenticated by the first optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128, First optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128 are because of the first optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128 It receives infrared or thermal wavelength ability and can determine approximate body temperature.In another embodiment, card 100 also may include one Or multiple temperature sensors are with the temperature of determining object nearby.In addition, card 100 can also authenticate blood flow patterns and to each individual Other unique indicants, and only worked to living body by the sensitivity of each sensor layer in card 100.It is such right Any other application that the multi-section of physical feeling divides verifying/certification to can be used for subscriber card 100 described herein.In addition, Card 100 can be associated with the control used, so that biological characteristic is associated with use (that moment).In this way, Can to user issue order, user identity or fail issue order track, card 100 do not meet it is predetermined It is lockable when condition.For example, card 100 can produce display: " touching in 5 seconds to continue ", if user or biological characteristic Biological characteristic associated with card 100 mismatches, and card 100 locks, and touches or order biology known to the last time of card 100 special Sign is write down and is stored.In an example embodiment, card 100 may include buffer or storage unit on card 100 or It is stored with the biometric identifier respectively acted that card 100 carries out.This category information can be compressed to save memory space, or Person is override with new data or can be downloaded to another position when card 100 and server or network carry out interface connection.

In one embodiment, door can have display technology identical with card 100, therefore card 100 is placed in bearing It can be insertion slit in device, if allowing to stop movement such as 1/10 second, signal exchange and order are transmitted by encrypting.One A embodiment can require multiple cards 100 to be accessed, so that respectively card 100 is presented in (not shown) in supporter together, Or it is presented with predetermined order.Card bearing in lock in such embodiments, door or other portals, container etc. Device can support two or more cards to allow each card 100 most effectively to transmit data.In order to be obtained with higher safety It must access, card can be passed to second user by a user, and the card of transmitting is put in supporter by second user will transfer Personal information gives the first user, and vice versa.This kind of personal information transfer can by each channel to opposite user encryption, But it can be combined and be read out by door, lock, portal, container etc..Above-mentioned supporter can be bypassed by small-sized transfer, but right The transfer of Yu Geng great, it can produce higher speed (preferably alignment).

Government, mechanism, business etc. may need card 100 to send for carrying out any data transfer between two people Master file is arrived in certain instruction, and above-mentioned master file keeps tracking to data exchange, thus to the individual for accessing certain doors, lock etc. Combination with national security access is tracked.This kind of instruction will not include be used to open or the real data of access door, lock etc., Or be even not directed to open or the data of those of access door, lock etc. type are to keep steady private, but this kind of data turn Moving tracking can protect citizen from evil activity, track etc. to bad person (criminal).

Card 100 can have alignment characteristics, such as hole, nail or angle delimiter (not shown), and above-mentioned alignment characteristics can be with It is presented in mobile phone or the other equipment for being intended to be docked with card 100 aspectant to be carried out with two or more cards 100 Docking, wherein every card 100 across stand on nail (or being held between each delimiter).These alignment characteristics can permit with one The one thousandth of inch tolerances or bigger tolerance is directed at each pixel.Perfect alignment is (i.e. in the transmitting of wherein maximum quantity Pixel and reception pixel are aligned) mean maximum data transfer rate.In an example embodiment, aligning guide can be in It is now the peripheral grooves (not shown) on the edge 105 of card 100, above-mentioned peripheral grooves do not interfere the function of card 100 and too small So that not bringing problem to human viewer, with the alignment for being needed between multiple cards 100 and ensure pixel To pixel alignment, then the almost Perfect as needed allows for stablizing to provide firm connection and signal exchange And quick data communication.The magnetic suspension between each card can be used to realize super-sensitive alignment, as described in the present application.

In order to carry out the transfer of less form data between two users, one embodiment may include two user's letters Single ground their card 100 is kept together with hand face-to-face or by one block 100 be set to be placed in it is another on a surface On card 100, then (such as passing through one or two screen only that navigation is shown in each card faced) to the short of data Access makes requests.In the case where small data block, for example, the slow speed mode therefore communicated is acceptable without special right It is quasi-.For example, each pixel can be combined to form the single transmitting beam from a card 100, above-mentioned single transmitting beam quilt One group of light detection pixel elements 148 associated with the first main surface 101 of another card 100 or the second main surface 102 receive.Though The right technology may be slower than pixel for pixel data flow, but sends in single light emitting pixel member 107 and adjust through frequency (color) It can be operated when the modulation data of system with faster mode, above-mentioned light-receiving/detection device (such as CCD) can be sufficiently fast Ground detects difference on the frequency.In this way, each of between light emitting pixel member 107 and associated light detection pixel elements 148 Connection crosses the pixel connection in the gap between two cards 100, is compared to individual traffic.Standard may be compared by being somebody's turn to do " connection " Optical fiber connect fast million times, the configuration to optical fiber connection imitated (each pixel).Also, every card display unit passes through view Difference estimation is inherently known at a distance from other cards.In addition, (multiple) card 100 can carry out bi-directional data and turn when face-to-face It moves.It can be understood by the application, the combined input and input pixel from two bi-directional display portions of comparable dimensions Design there are many benefit, above-mentioned bi-directional display portion include placement close to each other luminescence unit 122 and 124 and optical receiver or Detection unit 126 and 128.The configuration for example card 100 equipment can with another equipment with identical display technology for example Laptop, mobile phone, tablet computer etc. carry out seeming even more important when interface connection.Present-day data is at a high speed transmitted With receive and the combination of each technology makes it possible previous not available each feature, such as under the compact outer of card 100 High speed communication.

Card to card data transfer blocks that (and system or network are to card to the data transfer of network to system or card Data transfer) it can use the optics and magnetic communication aspect of card 100, while also utilizing the biological characteristic aspect of card 100.At certain It is said in kind meaning, card 100 is used as the pocket memory with biological characteristic authentication when the use of each stage, and provides The much more secure data transfering method that do not see on traditional pocket memory such as memory stick.

In an example embodiment, luminescence unit 122 and 124 and optical detecting unit 126 and 128 can be in order to improve Efficiency and use shared semiconductor circuit.For example, light emitting and light are collected can be implemented by individually integrating knot.Matched with this It sets, card 100 can carry out data transmitting in single pixel position with same action is upper simultaneously in two directions.For example, two Card can be kept facing each other by user.Program can be designed and software can be written into, so that user and Ka 100 must not To transfer acknowledgement unless the data exchange of " card to card " successfully terminates.Therefore, data such as business information or personal information are shifted Become simple process in the case where not needing network connection and arriving Email or text, and to include from identical picture Element data transmitting and collect aforesaid way and be further augmented.

The density of each pixel on card 100 is sufficiently high to provide display high-definition and obtain image high-definition. A this highdensity advantage is to have little effect in thing that is seeing on operator or perceiving or do not influence In the case where " cutting " or avoid the ability of bad pixel.This performance provides level of redundancy, which is that card 100 mentions For high-caliber reliability.In addition, each pixel can be attached by bus, the control line etc. of redundancy, thus connectivity Problem can be bypassed or solve in the case where card 100 is not lost.Due to relatively inexpensively " replicating " or being formed various The ability of pixel, blocking 100 various elements can be replicated with the fringe cost of minimum limitation, for the single member of card 100 Part and part provide intimate 100% redundancy.

In one embodiment, two-way transmitting and the scanning to OCR, bar code, two dimensional code or another readable format Stating can be in order to the progress between two cards 100 or the equipment of other similar outfit while transmitting and detection.First mixing array The unique texture of 106a and the second mixing array 106b make it possible in the same area while scanning and emitting light.In order to a small amount of number Article and the user credit card to be used bought according to such as user are read and writen, which can pass through user Card 100 transmitted with a bandwidth emission of light from the relevant wave beam of the information of luminescence unit 122 or 124, receive POS system can obtain the wave beam in any group of pixel and collect the low volume data.

In an example embodiment, the display unit on card 100 may be used as another equipment such as mobile phone (or other set Standby such as electronics is analysed) long-range display unit.For example, the display unit of the display unit of other equipment and card 100 can be run parallel, with Such as show that video to friend, or has independent second display unit with easier, more preferably visual angle, above-mentioned second is aobvious Show portion for user want while for example eating it can be seen that information.The display unit of one or more card 100 can be with It combines to form a bigger display unit.Card 100 can be configured to be communicated with neighbouring all pupils 100, thus such as Fruit card 100 determines that degrees of approach of other cards 100 are adjacent and if obtaining the permission of the user of card 100, and blocking 100 can be in institute Have and share image on adjacent card 100, image is automatically adjusted ruler for the quantity of card 100 available on the direction " X " and " Y " It is very little.Therefore, multiple cards 100 can form adaptive display unit, can automatically form ad hoc display unit.Certainly, (multiple) The user of card 100 can also cancel the automatic function of card 100 and establish user-defined display using the setting of card 100 manually Configuration.Card 100 can be placed in the slot in mobile device when mobile device is laid flat.Card 100 is on the side of card 100 Slot or physical port 103a or 103b in there is its line or connector, thus blocking 100 can be together with the back side of card 100 Or opposite flank has 2 or even 3 external display units together.The ability of multiple display units is driven to enable multiple people to example As watched together with client on the table.In an example embodiment, card 100 can have to the remote of any host equipment Process control facilitates operation to the equipment to provide, for example, if being iPhone and the incomplete inside of iPhone initiation Display.

Synthetic crystal on watch or clock glass is relatively hard and scratch resistant, can modify to use for durability Make the outermost layer of card 100.Alternatively, user can also revolve with simple peel-off covers.The protective coating of card 100 can be with It is stripped to apply new protective coating, above-mentioned new protective coating is preferably adhered to the main table of the first main surface 101 or the second The outside in face 102.Above-mentioned protective coating is thin, optically transparent and magnetic transparent, to not interfere above-mentioned any layer Operation.In the core of card 100, the super super large-scale integration of electronics can similarly be arranged on for durability or It is deposited on polyester film.Other core components may include that carbon fiber, silica and silicon dioxide compound, titanium and titanium close Gold.

Card 100 side by side (can between the two networks, still based on network with its unique biological characteristic guarantee and network Steady private and encryption, above-mentioned network is, for example, public network and point of sales system) it can be by certain in the personal data of user A little data reports give the unique engine for forming the service that user is subscribed.It can be with dressing in server 200 or with its other party The service that formula is connected to network 210 can inform that its user most preferably buys and sells based on the result of any transaction, above-mentioned any friendship Then easy result can be trapped in database 250 and be compared in processor 228 with other, similar transaction Compared with.User can be used certain networks and can can creatively be found with discount and discount coupon and other dealing such as users Other dealings combine personalized best dealing.Data from user-defined or setting dealing can be with reality Border transaction or dealing are compared, the method for forming " the best buying pattern " for point of sale, by card 100 via one or more A wired or wireless connection 213,217,223 and/or 224 is broadcasted, is archived in database 250 and passes through it only The unique method " can search for ".

The point that user can want user in the network for allowing data to be transmitted or PC is defined.Under normal conditions, Data cannot be transmitted to any other equipment or system from card 100.Card 100, which is docked and created, to be bi-directionally connected to complete to communicate Path.The docking is by parallel and be programmed to ignore mutual two display units and be formed.When card 100 is inserted into, card 100 Each side can with its respective surfaces formed connect, then the communication is permitted if meeting each condition such as user Can, data can flow to card 100 and flow out from card 100.Card 100 can keep the record of data flow events, and in user When wishing, the record to the real data for allowing to flow is kept.All events obtain the unique identifier of the distribution of card 100, and also The available unique identifier distributed by network 210 and/or server 200.Later, when card 100 is carried out in its Home eNodeB When final docking, card 100 can report its All Activity and unique identifier together.The report of card event is monitored Server 100 (and service) verified.The system is very strict, safe card to card exchange, above-mentioned card to card Exchange is transformed into social networks connection.

Card 100 can have wireless transmitter, receiver or the transceiver of its own and as above be stated corresponding use. Card 100 be also equipment and according to its programming independently or dependent run.Although card 100 may be coupled to " cloud ", block 100 can also imitate above-mentioned cloud.Card 100, which can also tremble, carries out mesh network, and being similarly to card 100 can carry out with adjacent card 100 It communicates into the above-mentioned application for forming bigger ad hoc display unit.The depressed place of card 100 can develop into transceiver and battery, therefore block 100 may be used as server to implement mesh network.By a part as local mesh network, card 100 is formed due to it He, the degree of approach of similar equipment and the AD-HOC network of lower electric power is needed for network function.Therefore, every 100 weights of card It is multiple using and promote that nearby card 100 is communicated with (multiple).

Magnetic stripe can be only in the lower section of light emitting pixel member 107 that is internal, being embedded at offer display.From pass back through display The magnetic communication in portion is according to need not bother the display unit.Because LED and transistor junction technology are not influenced by magnetic flux, magnetic Logical line does not bring interference to light emitting pixel member 107.Also, since card 100 can be made to know when it is brushed, it is by only existing Magnetic stripe or tape are powered when swiping and electric power can be saved.Also, since card 100 knows it by ccd data Moved, magnetic energy can the raising when swiping, therefore even if having weaken magnetic head reading device reader in, single It swipes usually enough.

Card 100 can generate its electric power with the coil of insertion, as in being remotely controlled RFID key circle (electronics).So And blocks the display unit in 100 and need relatively great amount of electric power, and coil method depends on when blocking 100 close to platform to electric power Reception, user is scanned the platform to transmit data between card 100 and receiver, and above-mentioned coil method may be transmitted Insufficient electric power is to card 100.Remote-control key including enough power batteries can provide enough electric power to card 100, or Person makes to approach the hiding each magnet of card 100 and rotate to make it possible to carry out power transmission in the wireless context.Implement in an example In example, card 100 can be connect or is supplied to card 100 when card 100 is adjacent or near to the depressed place POS.In general, card 100 saves very much About electricity consumption, in addition to when carrying out effective operation of card 100 completely.For example, card 100 can along magnetic stripe, tape or track into One step amplified signal, the signal will for communication data, when card 100 is swiped for example by using machine vision type wide scope Image procossing performance and can be identified.In addition, card 100 also provides the imitation of touch screen and bar code or biological characteristic is swept It retouches, these can be also used for identifying major event or being measured and is expected together with image procossing performance, to carry out Active power management.If magnetic stripe longitudinally extends along the length of card 100 to coordinate the direction of magnetic output data, card 100 needs to feel It is measured into tape reader or ATM (auto-teller) slot, this can be carried out with CCD and image procossing performance, so Data are set to the magnetosphere of description afterwards and determine its direction.In logic, when a direction in 4 possible directions swipes card When 100, the direction can be pre-arranged, and user needs not to be aware that the direction swiped.However, software can as supplementary features To detect swiping movement with CCD and image processing software and magnetic write-in be arranged will export to the magnetic in magnetic output pixel 109 Data are orientated on the direction swiped.

The genome of individual can be as personal use its name, social social security number or taxid, driving license, fingerprint or retina scanning It is used interchangeably.Parallel data transfer performance allows the integrator gene group of user to be transported for identifying purpose.It is transmitted Image a part be user basi gene group；The remainder of image will make user's unique base in population base Because of a group part.The difference (about 1,000,000,000) of above-mentioned basi gene group image (one of million) and user are having 100,000,000 pixels all to exist It will be needed 1/10th seconds when concurrent working, transmission serial data.

Card 100 is programmed still in a dormant state in non-evanescent property memory, to not interfere close to card 100 Other cards 100 or memory.The combination of CCD and LCD enables card 100 to measure when it is swiped on the card 100, to make The magnetic output in electromagnetic component or magnetic recording tape strip area 104 is obtained as swiping the synchronous stronger energization of progress with this without 109.With Swipe and occur to keep the reduction of EM noise when as the ability that is powered without 109 card 100 not swiped to magnetic output.Separately Light-receiving/the detection (such as CCD) and the combined use in terms of luminous (such as LEDs) of a kind of pair of card 100 are to make man-machine boundary Face can be built in card 100, such as with non-the connecing of the identification progress of distance, track and velocity measuring performance and unique object The emulation of touch touch screen.Card 100 " will can also be seen " when the Docking station of its own is docked.It " can see " user Operation or the record operated using card 100.First optical detecting unit 126 and the second optical detecting unit 128 can be used for Scanning bar code or the first luminescence unit 122 and the second luminescence unit 124 can show bar code (two dimensional code etc.).Because Card 100 will have these receptions and emissivities, and many " application programs " can produce.For example, an application program be using Hand or finger develop the language for label, and the language for label can be generalized markup language, and user can use The generalized markup language is undisturbedly communicated with card 100.Markup language is also possible to the combination of dedicated gesture.User can incite somebody to action It more simplifies efficient, more Transaction Informations and is transmitted to (instruction to, be input to) card 100.

Card 100 is configured to store the address book for the buying for being intended to be shipped to other people progress.User can be about him Or she wishes that whom is selected can collect as the recipient of one or more articles address date or user is reliably transmitted Multiple addresses are selected to multiple articles in the buying of global function, each article goes to different destinations.So It during POS, once swipes the card and completes the buying, the address of each article is passed to the place, which posts away (example for them Such as long-range AMAZON).

Another sample application program is office's lunch, and people get together dining, everyone has the credit of its own Card cloth is set and subsidy.At the end of dining, all cards 100, which enter, to be stacked to divide the dining equally.User does not need to carry cash Utilize this method.In order to be used together with existing restaurant system, be appointed as the card 100 of main card by with credit card company and its He may intermediary agreement and can have after all divisions have carried out will be as individual card ready for use in trading Indicate the ability of its own.Then it simply accesses dining room wallet and is run by traditional POS.All cards will be thus Charges is carried out in depressed place or by financial institution in individual session such as institute's agreement.It may be needed in this kind of transaction Want above-mentioned biological characteristic ID to be used together with the credit card being stored in card 100 in the case where, carry out biometric scan With will block 100 be placed in stacking preceding license credit card to it is each block 100 charge.The card 100 for being appointed as main card 100 will be from Every other card 100 in stacking collects data, but before license charge, main card 100 can first be taken out from the stacking, so Afterwards each card listed in the stacking is allowed the user to authenticate each card 100 inputted.Once each card 100 listed It has been authenticated that, above-mentioned main card 100 can permit all charges, after carrying out all charges, pass to all letters of main card 100 Cease from understand in memory and be written with prevent to as on the heap other card 100 provided by information progress not Licensed access.In addition, from charge operation needs are in very short time completion and all data are clear from memory in the completed It removes and will need to execute for the angle stacked again, be volatibility by the information that other cards 100 in the stacking provide. In an example embodiment, there are the user of main card 100 five minutes to execute above-mentioned charge, after charge, by other cards 100 All data provided can not will be eliminated in which recall.

Card 100 is for example drawn the radiation caused by solar flare, electromagnetic pulse (EMP ' s) and other effects by dirty bomb The radiation risen has opposite resistance.Each embodiment of line (line) is usually fiber, online internal conversion to copper, therefore to such as This kind of effect such as radiation and EMP has resistance.Card 100 each element in the substrate, so by suitably being hidden to substrate It covers, blocks 100 pairs of radiation, magnetic and other environment with robustness, without tender spots and do not have different from traditional instrument There is uncovered instrument in the outside of card 100.

One embodiment of card 100 may include comprising net positive buoyancy thus block 100 will reliably float it is required in water All material.A kind of method ensuring positive buoyancy is by other ground in 100 design of hermetic bag 176a and 176b or card Side is packed into inert, non-flammable and/or nontoxic gas such as nitrogen, carbon dioxide etc., comes for use as distributed floatation pod Offset the quality or weight of card 100.In an example embodiment, card 100 does not have physical port on the surface thereof any Place, it is ensured that water-tight function and operation are without making metal connector surface degradation and invading without any moisture or dust more The chance of layer.As described in the present application, each embodiment may include the port accessed by optical device or magnetic device, above-mentioned light Learning device is, for example, the first luminescence unit 122, the second luminescence unit 124, the first optical detecting unit 126 and the second light detection list Member 28, above-mentioned magnetic device is, for example, the first magnetic output unit 134, the second magnetic output unit 135, the first magnetic input unit 132 And the second magnetic input unit 133.The various magnetic characteristics of card 100 can be used as magnetic attachment line in greater detail above Anchor portion uses or utilizes.

Maximum point is provided with the functional and bi-directional display portion with invisible magnetospheric card 100 optional full PC Resolution shows, for example, come check otherwise invisible watermark or hologram and meanwhile provide traditional magnetic stripe reader or General credit card shape is functional in the optics financial transaction of same safety, can carry out to above-mentioned invisible magnetosphere instant The tape being programmed to act as in multiple orientations.

Above-mentioned display unit has many purposes.Because above-mentioned display unit is output equipment, it can be used for reinforcing Magnetic brush Card.For ID purpose, also prompting user about upcoming transaction or user have indicated that transaction that he/her to be carried out its His chance is had the right the full details of any dealing carried out with obtaining him or she.

Current super super large-scale integration, pixel or the relevant technology of CCD as same as usual, technology just quilt It is driven onto increased density and reduced power consumption and waste.HDTV is only an example of the trend, but beyond to human eye There is advantage in useful density.The density of these superelevation produces card to card and card to equipment (equipped with the skill for being similar to card 100 Art) communication path, above-mentioned card to card and card is difficult to be intercepted and blocked or otherwise by secret to equipment communication path Cause the difficulty in communication.Any type of pixel of higher density, sound, light, magnetism or other combination, by these types Mixed sent and received to carry out signal exchange, encrypted in each agreement, later using each path data with And wooden horse signal is exported using many paths, card to card and card is tightened to so high level to the safety of equipment, no Only public enemy need technology having the same perhaps superior technique they must also physically enter two cards or card Between equipment, then they must find which signal be it is true, which signal is wooden horse, then they will need to decode Encryption in multiple association's justice, such as light, sound and/or magnetism.In addition, the application is not limited to two cards or blocks logical with equipment Letter, but any equipment for being suitable for the fully integrated technology is communicated with another equipment of the fully integrated technology.Often Often, for super computer, there are probability and calculating to provide it and need how long to explain reconciliation secret letter number.However, in this case, Public enemy must crack 1,000,000,000 possible paths, then just can know that be handled.At this point, early ask someone to believe that this will almost Communication path can not be carried out cracking production and secret visit data.

In addition, the protection of another level can be added using dark treatment and dark memory in card.In this application, dark place Reason and the concept of dark memory mean the super super large-scale integration that query function has been deleted.Therefore, foregoing circuit can To receive data, processing data, runs software and output data, but troubleshooting and query function are eliminated simultaneously in factory It would not allow for new program to be input into foregoing circuit or new program can be entered but can only be by completely weighing New combustion period, this can be detected.It (and can be with its other party by each element for including dark treatment and dark memory The every other support part or circuit that formula is inquired), public enemy passes through to the given card according to the card of the application Carrying out anatomy will be gainless.

Determining other features of each object can be with system 1 and knowledge with the user interface and device that are identified to object Not or the image procossing of each feature of each object of measurement is used together.The performance that each feature is analyzed, identified and measured with It virtual touch screen and is worked together using the fingerprint recognition of general machine vision method.

Substantially the first main surface 101 of integration and entire second main surface 102 are the removing of light-receiving/detection device performance The complexity of " scanning fingerprint " simultaneously brings " scanning finger is more or the entire finger of 3-D (meaning all sides) " New complexity.When (or thumb, above-mentioned thumb is throughout the specification to finger for the example embodiment of card of the application It is included in word " finger ") when being scanned, it can be for more determining ID and by requiring finger during scanning It is rotated to be scanned to entire finger.In an example embodiment, card 100 can replace driving license, and can be by The state for being broadly described as government can use be transferred to privately held card 100 ability with driving privileged secure to reduce Cost and saving money.State continue DMV (vehicle management office) or its etc. exist together and collect identical price and take pictures to user, but After this, user receives the licensing of granting via electronic communication.State even can have similar technology at its POS end End needs me to obtain user license.

This application provides provide user's motivation while keeping all POS and internet marketing performance to have most to use The given configuration in big bi-directional display portion is to replace the equipment of other schemes.In certain embodiments, card 100 can be by that can tremble By imaging pixel such as light detection pixel elements 148 and using advanced image processing techniques, (such as DSP (Digital Signal Processing) exists Inter-process received data imitate the touch screen without actually touching.Therefore, each finger can be used in above-mentioned card user Position, finger gesture or stylus etc. navigation is carried out by screen and display icon and file are selected, just as using The touch screen of not practical touch-surface is the same.Some embodiments can be along the first main surface 101 or the first main surface 102 or two Person provides lens or lenticule arrangement, to collect light to the part of CCD or cmos pixel based on the light frequency detected (may be multiple and/or sightless) forms net summation image.Card 100 includes that credit card can have detailed short distance The surface region of the size of image or the plastics credit cards being pressed on card, above-mentioned detailed close-up images are, for example, retina Scanning, fingerprint.The image shot in this way can contribute to imitate old card, to obtain the outer of old card and its magnetic data It sees.Then old card can be deposited in safe place by user, user no longer needs to carry it again.In addition, card 100 can be deposited The position of old legacy card is stored up, so that user can find legacy card afterwards.

In addition, " credit card " can be by Computer display portion or by wired or wireless connection as driving license example The secure file of transmission is virtually downloaded to card 100.In order to download " credit card ", in one embodiment, user will block 100 peaces It is placed in traditional Computer display portion, above-mentioned traditional Computer display portion is included at the position established to particular download pair The display of display such as LED or LCD type of " credit card " information, and " credit card " can not by Computer display portion Card 100 is safely transferred in the case where a possibility that anyone of surrounding intercepts.

Many new applications of work as the seller are provided by the smart card that the application conceives.For example, the seller or Seller's representative may want to the image that display is not readily available the commodity to be watched, and can be arranged on the smart card of representative Or the corresponding bar code of display, so that sale can be in the case where further not arranging or demonstrating.In such situation Under, since the availability for reader of swiping the card cannot be guaranteed, POS and buyer's card must use optical medium progress safety right Words.

Card 100 is two-way.It can send and receive data simultaneously.In facing surface model, almost without between air Gap, card can it is routinely infrared using its, ultraviolet and it is visible output and input be put between card 100 and adjacent surface with detecting Transmission or receive data any film.Therefore, data can be transmitted to POS by card and for example be transmitted to card by POS.Work as card 100 when being docked perhaps if there is wireless adapter card 100 can also be sent out by being connected or being wirelessly connected for it Send and receive data.By combining optics, signal exchange and data transfer on magnetism and sense of hearing path, such connection for Any third party's interference is unbreakable, this is because data carry out between two adjacent or close screen side by side Transmission, above-mentioned screen can be each other in millimeter, so that data are transmitted between many pixels or pixel group.By major part The many outputs and input of pixel emission can be wooden horse, further be intended to get rid of public enemy.

Some embodiments may include making data path and encryption stage by stage, so that 100 having time of card be made to collect subsidy simultaneously Using them.

Card 100 can be taken expected " individual character " corresponding to the conserving card that selected as " active ", and card 100 can pass through card 100 display unit come indicate " active " block.The display unit of card 100 is also used as means of communication.As POS system becomes more Feature rich, card 100 can for example transmit face-image and id information to POS operator.

So, it is not necessary to it is required that ID, card 100 is ID, and is credit card, debit card or other kinds of Payment Card.Picture exists It is encrypted in memory and can be with state mark and license information, so that it is (or any to demonstrate card 100, VISA account Other kinds of account) and the image of user be all identical one, i.e. the non-table of the image on the card of user 100 is clear distinguishable When card 100 can not go adrift and block 100 watermarks with state encryption to ensure that the identity of user is transmitted together with transaction, with most Reduce to limits the chance of swindle, and thus reduce to the maximum extent bring economic impact swindled by Payment Card.Above-mentioned POS If system, which is improved, can expand or amplify the picture of user with high-resolution, thus enforces and show card 100 People's idea for needing to match with 100 information that contains of card.In addition, POS system may include the CCTV video camera of its own And the true, aspectant of people or my image are compared with the image transmitted by card 100.Like that, it can trigger Real user and the owner of the automatic warning to protect place with block 100.

It can be said that being taken down notes as sidebar, having been assigned the transmitting on two sides of card 100 and collecting performance and have The card 100 of a possibility that multiple transmittings and collection technique uses at least one magnetic and optical technology for present embodiment To return to or make it possible to be communicated with traditional reader, and can add more read and write function with Develop to following point of sales system.One example be in the POS system of Platform Type using magnetic, light or optics and In terms of the sense of hearing, signal exchange, transmitting data and many wooden horse signals of transmitting are carried out, public enemy is locked outside completely.

Flowing employee can be employed or are subcontracted to enterprise such as dining room, building materials shop or express delivery to hand over client Mutually.Card 100 can be assisted in this respect, because it is individually portable POS.For example, table service personnel, paving patrol The help information from shop database can be provided equipped with toll-free wire equipment depending on member or transport work, connect from client It is paid or is simply carrying out informal communication.Dining room can provide mobile platform to use to employee, such as the application The mobile platform of proposition.In addition, if employee is using they itself equipment, if careful creation it is personal with run on it is same flat The barrier such as login account between work related software on platform, can generate saving for employer.If employee has had card 100, so that the card 100 of employee can become function and its branch of the license employee's card as card 100 known to the network of dining room automatically The service of holding.

In addition, buyer may want to inquire the artistic work in relation to not showing, for example, the existing artistic work in inventory Switching show, correspond to each displaying article, clearly using bar code to ensure the accuracy of the transaction of buyer.Therefore, this hair It is bright to provide the improved decentralized of POS, especially potentially contributed in temporary staff the even running of enterprise without In the case where largely investing.The dispersion of POS at least provides these benefits.The POS station that system 1 can distribute and disperse, with The mobile device is set to work to greatest extent.

Card 100 can not merely read bar code.It can actually see article, and scan any other label to help It helps the determining article or finds close match.This function is suitable for the virtual touch screen with general machine vision mode and refers to Line.Determine other features of object (such as color, texture) to identify object user interface and device can with card 100 and be System 1 is used together.This means that the function of search of bidimensional or three-dimensional, picture library ratio further can be used according to workable for its property Current data structure more pixelation.Because software can detect more pixel substances and in the search movement images, Ke Yiyou More this idea of unique identifiable image can obtain the support for being continuously increased pixel density.It can be said that by same manufacture Quotient manufacture two side by side wrist-watch carry out 3 dimension scanning, per square inch 1,000,000 × 1,000,000 × 1 mega pixel class can not Identified.However in per square inch 100,000,000,000 × 100,000,000,000 × 100,000,000,000 pixel scales, article is accurately swept completely It retouches, it is found that the greatest differences between the object of " similar ", so that can uniquely reflect in 1,000,000 this objects at once Not, this is because leaving unique label in the fabrication process, the rank of 100,000,000,000 pixels is shown on each flat image.

As the improved a part of POS system, data can be divided to two groups to be passed.Group 1 is purchased article, if by Prescan scans the whole of these articles in POS operator, and card 100 obtains the list in its first data voucher.Card 100 is so Afterwards based in list any article and all subsidies require support service.It there is presently provided payment.Discount coupon and means of payment institute The data burst needed constitutes group 2.These data bursts only need to continue in time 1/10th seconds and are separated by 1/10th Second.

When article is uniquely encoded, without what is added, be only mounted in the shopping cart of user, user can immediately after Continuous shopping is settled accounts.If item code (such as bar code, OCR or QR code) is not unique, the POS function of subscriber card 100 The box of oneself suffix or extracode to packaging or equipped with article can be added, or has one main OCR (bar code) of display Or QR code and one show the equipment of the code of server file of all items in it.Packaging can be close to or adjacent to item One photosensitive or magnetic-sensitive material of location arrangements of code, OCR or QR code, and blocking 100 includes activating photosensitive or magnetic-sensitive material energy Power has date, time and place server, server 200 to show that the user of card 100 has purchased special package product, Card 100 or user think important other information.Information it is a part of can be predefined or by user purchase when It limits.The actual surface region of the information coding provided using user is smaller, so photosensitive or magnetic-sensitive material is all right, such as If fruit needs, multiple buyings and return event are recorded.Block that 100 Automatic-searchings are photosensitive or magnetic-sensitive material on usable area with into Row printing, to avoid dust, damage, spot and pervious any label.The label of this user has the product to be tied up Surely arrive the user, if anyone attempts to remove article from shopping cart, purchase be will not be matched, and the article will be considered as by It steals.Its purpose is to reach foreground or nominal knot in user in a manner of face-to-face or by internet or another network Give the POS system in place all data before account position.Thus, it is only required to will for user equipment by an individual Qr or OCR Bar code is associated with POS system, and the system in shop shows had to contain a use for marketing system on the server in shop The individual at family/portable points record.

Card 100 can be closed in loss or raw body login failure and enter a mode, the mode only Can inquire how the bona fide holder of contact card 100, or card 100 can provide least data, such as with the low resolution of low consumption The screen of rate, which is shown, returns its legal holder using United States Post Office or other modes for it with the people for allowing to find it. It can be operated by action induction screen protection or other similar means so that display unit enables user information in the longest time It is obtained.In an exemplary embodiment, card 100 can some arrangements with prepaid card postage or United States Post Office thus.

In other embodiments, a network or website are provided to allow to have used or surplus article to sell User can with need these articles people meet.If it find that suitable matching, is either closely located to or has common Arrangement of time, can arrange one meet and ensure trade occur in a common point.One " peddling " user wants with card 100 display unit carrys out display of commodity, and card 100 can clearly be completed a business transaction secure personal information so that each party's confirmation is another Side.In the case where no any depressed place hardware or POS terminal, the embodiment of card 100 can provide necessary support, with into The such transaction of row.The same consumer is also possible to the consumer for being ready to sell while wanting these dining rooms and shoes are traded. The secure exchange of ID may further take similar mode, because identical consumer may be night watchman, hardware store Employee, waiter etc., the smart card that may agree to allow employee in the employer of these enterprises in order to which the purpose that works uses oneself 100, to provide excitation for employing unit, while employee being allowed to keep in touch at work, this arrangement may make both sides It is benefited.

Also there are several continually changing problems around the service of the offer of card 100 and the success of formative element.Meanwhile more More technologies can be combined to increase and improve pixel density in supporting surface.The sensitivity for reading function can increase at any time, Improve the power consumption characteristic of the embodiment of card 100.The power of the wireless mechanism communicated with card 100 will also improve at any time. It is the success on the formative element of " card ", the smallest hardware capability unlike the prior art, magnetic with traditional requirement The convenient and fast intersection of the POS system swiped the card or read and equipment compatibility, and service can give card 100, make card 100 and system 1 separates, and is kept for their future.Because thus it is locking to be connected to it is bicyclic and have supporting, transaction complexity can change and Situation in variation is adapted, as described herein.As described herein, similar techniques be incorporated into all machines and network, software and Service is come user is accessible allows to make oneself with less effort in the period of one is given by given, such as one day, It is known and log on to repeatable card 100.System, software, service, transaction, network, machinery and vehicle, lock, other users etc. Need to know the identity for the user for requesting access to or using.Card 100 and system 1, which can fundamentally change, to be related to ensuring user It is identified blood sure, while dynamic advantage is provided to user, to keep valuables and the waste protecting field from carelessness Ball.

Herein it is not specifically disclosed other embodiment, provides further direction present disclosures.Therefore, The disclosure is not intended in any way or form is limited.With particular reference to Fig. 7 A to 8B, VVLSI and flexible constructing technology (that is, bending card 100 but ability without any part or component wear) is in view of all prior arts to this problem.Cause This, the arrangement of formative element, the shape in a most preferred embodiment as a credit card-sized, it is unlimited for seeming 's.But it should be understood that any features and techniques described herein associated with card 100 can move to other electricity Sub- equipment, to improve comprehensive those electronic equipments of command and control.It is multiple in utilization card 100 disclosed herein and system 1 Equipment, the multiple card 100 are desirably integrated into the similar techniques of setter, improve safety and trust.

In addition, it is contemplated that network, service, electronic equipment, personalization, identity and the protection of e-commerce and social network The high speed development of network, card 100 of the invention and system 1 have very large-scale development in a short time.It is driven by using card 100 The last one dynamic benefit is that, in the world of developer, using any and all chances, further development blocks 100 and is System 1.By card 100 and system 1 to more places are taken to the support of developer.However, applicant is in range, width and complexity Property on feel, reader now it is contemplated that card 100 and different structure (mobile phone, PAD, plate, PC, laptop, TV, flat screens etc.) similar technology application.For example, layer as described herein and pixel arrangement and configuration, such as Fig. 7 B and 8B It is shown, it can be by a part including device, such as mobile phone, laptop, TV, plate.Key is kept, determine who Using card 100, determine which card for blocking storage in 100 is accessed and blocks that 100 which element takes part in transaction, determines generation Event trusts process of exchange and payment method, and phase credit household, above all, it may be possible to best mode save simultaneously the time, Fuel and it not will lead to harm to environment.Card 100 and system 1 a kind of mechanism can be provided access may it is efficient and The solution of needs of the effective mode in given user demand in one day, while environment is utmostly protected as far as possible.

User equipment, i.e. card 100 and system 1 on a new design part because designing, instead of the prior art, to fit It is user's enjoyment together in the development infinitely applied is seemed, like the differentiation of mobile phone.Therefore, this new design provides platform Development opportunity, like in individual calculus, portable computing and the arenic experience of mobile phone.It is cultivated for card 100 and system 1 infinite The chance of " application " passes through the specific and highly advanced hardware and network connection provided by card 100 and system 1.Such as from this public affairs Content is opened it is clear that user equipment 100 and system 1 additionally provide many different directions, wherein concept can be with pioneer and peace Full property is connected to certainty, protects the new method invested from waste.

User equipment 100 and system 1 take comprehensive offer go-beyond technology, make the credit card based on element The available intelligence system of form eliminates the extensive hard copy article of user and the carrying demand of portable equipment significantly.Card 100 Portability allow user execute the various activities for being typically limited to non-portable device, with user it is mobile activity even It connects.For example, user can carry, fairly simple be with pocket, or otherwise fixing card 100 and execute any Numerous physical activities (for example, jog/run/walking, cycling, tourism etc.), and therefore have the institute using card 100 functional and Without carrying equipment that is bulky more and being easily damaged.

In addition, user equipment 100 and system 1 include up to one using the concept of personalized and automation purchasing process The information of minute may be provided on network, and such as internet or cellular network, to show that special discount may be supplied to user, this can It can be dependent on the extensive retail shop of the position of the GPS (or network determines) of user, including restaurant and grocery store, who possesses Bigger demand is distributing their product in real time, and they are still fresh and received by their client, and this In the case of, user is reached by card 100.

In some examples whom must find user's real-time retail place within the crucial and limited time in need as, The grocery store for carrying fresh products can be dropped, and represent a total losses, and restaurant is had the ability, but can be also wasted, If place can not scheduled client if synchronous with the supply of their ability and consumptive material, and represent the place of total losses. These are the classification and embodiment in only two places, will have countless other to can be place, individual, mechanism, government, and have urgent Be essential want Waste reduction and make in the reasonable time they products & services distribution, within reasonable time efficiently give this A little users may also need reasonable distance/close.

Therefore, of the invention is that card 100 and system 1 are not necessarily limited to any usage mode disclosed herein on one side, This is because the development of smart card, development and individual between its user and their social activity and e-commerce initiative, enterprise Industry, employment and the relevant activity of security and calculating activity (such as secure storage, secure access and remote active) are new and not yet The thing of exploitation.

Further, since more and more online services are supplied to seller and buyer, block the use or function in 100 future And its application easily means that business between retailer, credit card company and user or one group of user and other are movable It flows freely.Previous card and system is concentrated mainly on the formative element that standard is swiped the card, and benefit and automatic is also provided out of card 100 Change.

In addition, card 100 and system 1 can integrate decision purchase of gaining the initiative by striking first, or practical decision purchase, with all users Data to access optimal transaction automatically in point of sale, or pass through a network-based clothes when each product is purchased Business requires a preferably transaction.

Substantially, card 100 and system 1, which can develop, is included in and keeps and be based on bank card, the e-commerce such as credit card Legacy system compatibility evolves into a POS system, or with preferred method integrated interface integrated with POS.

Card 100 and system 1 one embodiment in combination with some or all of user the available means of payment, it is all The available purchase method of service of the support network of discount, discount coupon and other subsidies user, user can be from other history Whom accesses using the user for the service for blocking 100 and system 1, the mode of payment acceptable for allowing user to undertake large amount of complex is sold Side, using best discount coupon and discount, (and other subsidies are for example dual, triple discount coupons, regular guest's mileage, returning, free extend protect Repair extension guarantee, free gift card, gasoline or the fuel purchase credit etc. of phase or low charge), and the various aspects traded With a movement (such as swiping the card).User can buy 20 articles, 20 kinds of different payment methods and 60 in 20 kinds of different modes Kind different discount and welfare, do not waste time.It certainly, for the method for such purchase is pre-established by user. In fact, user can be before executing any transaction, multiple payment strategies for pre-establishing.This strategy may include example Such as, it is evenly distributed on multiple accounts or credit card, classification distribution divides the types of cards according to card, shares based on specific ratios and its He buys strategy, such as the purchase in strategy.The payment strategy that card 100 can establish is infinitely more, can only by the imagination of user The limitation of the number of account and free memory directly to card 100 or indirectly from server 200 or cloud elsewhere. User can sequentially collect the article to be bought by the way that is apprised of, and in order to save the time, and pass through problematic place It is benefited as efficiently as possible.This means that can have professional shopper, who leads the way, and the step of recording them, in geography On, selection is provided by selection specificity, to help other users (potential consumer) to not only save the time, but also is saved money It gets back best discount.Therefore, the shopper of profession can be rewarded automatically according to the present invention, who can make plan, pass through Shopping " introduction " works in this locality and records all correlative details, has ready conditions or unconditionally saves most money and supports user equipment 100 services and other users are shared, including microcommand, be accurate to where and what does, how to check reception discount Maximum, while time saving Maximum Amount.Time be to the very important element of all shoppers because the time for It can have currency or other values, and the mileage (fuel of consuming) that can also be converted on road for user, This is very expensive and heavy at present.For example, can save money if consumer will improve 20% efficiency, energy conservation, reduce dirt Dye, is improved at home or at work.When applying the maximum amount of automation, shopping and buying such as are provided by card 100 and system 1 Mode, the more skilled benefit of mode of payment becomes significant.

Professional shopper can remember all these elements and development, and share their scheme and primer, and automatic The leader for obtaining reward more supports service and network by it, is deep into and touches user group by system 1.Further utilize Card 100 and system 1, the communication between all user and professional person can be collected by social networks, be caused successfully Case goes to infect and benefit more people.

In one embodiment, application developer can be allowed access to the data of user, allow to user Until degree, to exchange more discounts for, preferably whole transaction, using the solution of the requirement more convenient for user, because This, is different from system known to any other user equipment and applicant, this system 1 can be paid according to the wish of user to Their consensus data passes to service provider, passes through its support card 100, it being understood, however, that nothing herein It is intended to be limited to service only to support the card 100 of the user.

It can see more and more, it is obviously desirable to which a compact shape has the function of perfect versatility and extension To carry consumer-elcetronics devices of these application programs reliably with safety.Card 100 can be counted as " one for accomplishing everything Card." functional degree, still, will correspond to equation service in terms of, that is, card 100 can be passed in network connection Service.

The user equipment 100 that the present invention provides the form with card utilizes magnetic, light and the output of sense of hearing energy and input , so user equipment 100 can with the case where various real worlds and one true or virtual objects on information It interacts, or the interaction factor and surface hardware characteristics that deposit intentionally with information are in article in the real world.It is public The process opened be it is safe, complete, when software identification and movement of the behavior to user, and to use card with high specific The transaction (check, purchase by group, returning, sharing, issuing) of 100 progress traditional types becomes more and more less complicated for user. This expansion of method make it is each interacted with user, with become unique identification item.This unique mark can pass through During label instruction is identical or as seen is movable, " history " of transaction is recorded.

The embodiment of card 100 allows using the unique identifier tracking for being embedded in card 100, and primary clustering is located at card 100 and 100 each side of card itself, object or order Xiang Yi can be combined with associated any unique identifier A transaction or any unique identifier can be associated with any other tangible or invisible project, including but not limited to goods One unit of coin, for example, using the object, the spy of physical items or invisible project tracked thus be related to user Trade or operate calmly the unique identifier of the first identifier.As an example, if there is the friendship of any type of ideal money Can easily track using currency or unit grouping (1 unit, 2 units, 5 units or 20 units transaction each unit substantially Equal to 1 dollar, 2 dollars, 5 dollars or 20 dollars), wherein law enforcement agency can track using such unit, from transaction to The reliability of transaction.Another purposes is tracking and guarantee purpose, to avoid fraud, the object in a manner of its unique identifier Unique instance.In the disclosure, the recognition methods of term unique identifier device, such as number, text or even unique Image or sound or their combination such as appear in object or appearance wherein being associated in Existence and uniquenss, and with object It can be the object only discussed as a unique entry on the basis of data, allow a processing system, thus also have User identifies a unique object certainly.Any of these identifiers can be with the object of the tracking of system, physical items, invisible Article, monetary unit or any other tangible or invisible object can be dispensed on building to a unique identifier History capabilities combine a system.The source of problematic project is established by historical development and unique identifier, is allowed The legal medical expert of the real history of object checks that who will become the trust that any user of any mode in the object participated in provides And certainly.The more universal trust of many users has been also set up for the function of the historical record of preferably tracking project.At one A kind of mode of trust, such as currency system are established in system, guarantee is not cheated, without reasonable means, audit and control This action is not palmed off counterfeit.Equally it can be said that for any system, such as the transaction of stock, any valuable east is bought From small to large, and this will need proof of ownership to be used for any purpose in west, have biggish deterministic any project.Obviously, Bar code or QR code are the limitations of capacity, may result in one relevant entry on the basis of data, provide user and with Track system and the code information being initially provided of.

All devices in illustrative embodiment provide all devices that a user possesses and runs for user Data it is synchronous, serviced in this way by card 100 or bearing card 100, data are synchronous, resynchronisation, recovery and data meeting When words operation, by the service of card 100 and bearing card 100 (or other iteration of card 100 and system 1), such as PC screen, Mobile phone screen It is fully-integrated with the other equipment of identical technology on curtain, POS screen.Cost is relatively low for card 100, has and heavier mobile phone Enhancing function is remotely shown, is located at handbag, a pocket etc., reduction can be taken to act on, and allows mobile phone in scale and complexity Property, effect reduction and simplified design due to mobile phone reduce and sound can be improved from the quality of mobile phone.

The embodiment of card 100 is used to emit, detect, record and the new technology of external write-in media.These technologies can mention In terms of the development of high system and including any type of positioning system (such as GPS), network include it is wireless, it is inclined based on user Good detection part, generator are not departing from the automatic vision-control of power draw, including orientation just as necessary electric current generating device To tactile or touch feedback, the generation in the region on surface, user will be better able to that (such as blind person uses using their finger tip detection Family) or braille generation mechanism provide a complete Language Interface based on tactile and go back synchronous cant driving information (example Such as, piezoelectric speech and braille system provide tactile character, and such blind person can read from card 100 is touched, it is assumed that carry out blind Text training).Being attached to card 100 can be with the sound of change data, and a such as card interface, generating earphone interface card 100 can examine It surveys and driving automatically blocks 100 and provide double-directional speech drive for example, being a blind person from any personal card 100 of voice passive feedback Dynamic approach, one of microphone it is associated to text can to block 100 converting speech with earphone and bi-directional speech.

In an exemplary embodiment, system 1 and card 100 can store and be related to about the card owner, the direct line of the owner Relatives' information and/or other people who can be in the given card owner, to available local facility and available commodity. In one example, the card of medical condition, weak or allergy etc. be it is known card 100, and system can continuously or intermittently with Track mapping and information, with the medical condition, weak or allergy closest to resource.Equally, card 100 may include by law enforcement, Nursing staff and other professionals may access these information, to accelerate the diagnosis mechanism for the people for there was only on their cards.? This aspect will will unquestionably save life.

The embodiment of card 100 and system 1 is possible to record professional consumer-user their shopping step, on ground In reason and affairs, to allow other users " step for following them ", and obtains same benefit, reward while saving the time With the Maximum Amount of money.In this way, profession the available reward of shopper, by number of users, and with service and network support Block 100 relevant direct payments.

The embodiment of card 100 and system 1 can be in the chance of establishment user, including check, the project sought, folding The limitation of button, discount coupon or discount and time, user possess any stored value card or the associated discount of Gift Card, to allow user When expired solve them.Since it is desired that a calendar, this identical system can track reservation and the cancellation of subscribing user.With Family, which can be queued, subscribes dining room, and card 100 supports network and service, has been found may remind the user that if retained.It waits The form in the time that can be shown and place, this waiting time that may be needed subscribes arrival to carry out confirmation, before the waiting time Reservation can be confirmed or a cargo or service supplier are refused by user.

One embodiment of card 100 and system 1 can permit a card user and close the user of his/her card and other cards Connection, one or more cards such as in group membership's relationship are associated.For example, card 100 allows display data as social network A part of network, but face-to-face when not by any participant in social networks, in addition on their card, and only user's In the presence of.The concept of this " I can tell you I, if you show yours to me " allow user access face-to-face or certain Other shared datas in any case in a little spatial dimensions, and correct software function is used, rather than maintaining to receive card As permanent memory.It is implied close to related data and conditional display by this design feature.

Card 100 and 1 embodiment of system may include artificial intelligence (AI) and/or fuzzy logic software, i.e., program and/or The hardware of operation card 100, can according to need and only operate in time.Card 100 user may will become artificial intelligence and/ Or the shutdown of fuzzy logic function, and " rank " of an artificial intelligence and/or fuzzy logic function can also be established.Example Such as, artificial intelligence and/or fuzzy logic function can be relatively simple, and allow limited action, for example, automatically turning on With the function of closing, or automatically with a place network communication.Artificial intelligence and/or fuzzy logic function are also possible to more Advanced, such as the automatic identification of nigh smart machine, and allow to establish automatically in an AD-HOC network, if card 100 It is beneficial that network as thinking, which is in the user at that moment,.In an exemplary embodiment, the magnetosphere for blocking 100 can be by It is programmed to act as the movement and intention of synchronous magnetic stripe output and user.In this way, card 100 can be read in a time slot type Device is in any logical place, even if there is the adjusting of card 100 or " AI " or " fuzzy logic " using card 100, because card 100 is basic On be provided across whole surface enter light analysis, Digital Signal Processing (DSP) and target recognition and tracking, it can be with image at Reason, and from light-receiving/detection device of the inbound data, which can handle camera shooting and predicts the expected card 100 of user Function can carry out the programming of the necessary factor of " punctual " according to the instant environment on 100 peripheries of given movement and card.

The embodiment of card 100 and system 1 also closed using the presence of artificial intelligence and/or fuzzy logic in card 100 or Biometrics record failure loss and enter mode, wherein card 100 can only inquire how contact card 100 or 100 block it is real Owner can provide the data of bottom line, whom allows find it, it is made to be restored to the conjunction using United States Post Office or other operators Method owner is personal.Card 100, which can carry, to prepay a letter for this purpose.In one embodiment, card is closed to safety Mode, the new view finder that also can permit card 100 carry out conserving card 100 and arrive themselves, or card 100 is equipped with a display Portion, contact card 100 is used such communication means: text pushes away special, Email or the connection of other text types, so Allowing the new holder of card 100 to meet afterwards is the real owner, the identity information of each offer, if they are similar really Owner's (in initial strict guarantee, card 100 can only be lost in mail identity, and return to its real owner at one's side), manually Or close and chronometric data is automatically provided, so two different users can be mutually located.If card 100 is lost, blocks 100 and be System 1 can provide the automatic grace collected to user, and the card for encouraging all users to protect them not lost surprisingly, additional income. In an exemplary embodiment, the case where taker asks for help is picked up for losing card 100 to one, bar code or QR code be displayed on Card 100, it is provided and the original associated information of the card owner, such as a telephone number.In further exemplary implementation In scheme, bar code or QR code are linked to a data item in server 200, so that traditional equipment can be with scan code User/loss card 100 owner for the identity that (bar code or QR) and the owner for being provided with contact card 100 do not reveal.

Card 100 and system 1 exemplary embodiment may include magnetic go out layer 190A and 190B magnetic go out pixel 109 and/or card The light emitting pixel element 107 of 100 illumination region writes function, for example, the first luminescence unit 122 and the second luminescence unit 124, come Change the outside of magnetosensitive or light-sensitive material card 100 respectively.Hereafter, card 100 can be reliably magnetic and optically reads the table changed Face.One example is that a magnetic OCR or QR code or a proprietary code are impressed into magnetic to may be programmed surface.Another example Son is to be intended to use up and the light below visible spectrum using the light of the part of the part transmission cards 100 of luminescent card 100 by coining Quick material, also by light-receiving/detection portion (such as CCD) from the lower section of above-mentioned detection visible spectrum.When two writing technologies combine Come, perhaps a machine and is integrated into machine or the only paper label on object or surface for being written to another card In identical technology, object, which can be, permanently or temporarily indicates two optical images and magnetic picture, and wherein the image is actually A set of data for restoring (readable).Encryption level, which can be left for, can print and then recycle, or magnetically or optically " pixel " Amount.Erasing function both can be written into data back to original stasis, or if target cannot return to original stasis, target Then it can write on and change is enough to be identified.There are many purposes for this function, one of them is the article packet of preparatory label purchase The project of writing is included, wherein inquire through any third party, sales slip, purchase order can be presented in user, receive or any one is unique The other desired file of identifier, it was demonstrated that the ownership of problematic project.Write-in construct can be deliberately overlapped by writing function Element, or between the magnetic marking and Optical footprint it is not related, be both likely to be naked eyes it is invisible.Due to all traces It is associated with optically writing comprising unique identifier, from the unique identification for the different unique identifiers for distributing to magnetic write-in Symbol is retained on the basis of data, or on the basis of shared and teledata, so that in any new reading magnetic and optics number According to then unique identifier once restores, it is necessary to match with previously stored data.Executing such label can be used as management Project is bought, the ability of reliability and the very unique and effective method trusted.For surface, such as those of chest, The new inventory of dynamic of the shell based on material (or used inventory) can provide space for the function of multiple write-ins and rewriting Can, for example, the material cannot be returned to stasis and must permanent marks come out, in order to avoid be recorded down.

Card 100 and system 1 allow the development of the hardware of card 100 to benefit in terms of two, that is, the first main surface 101 and the The advantages of two main surfaces 102 and the hardware design of card 101, to allow to show or convert immediately and be shown on the other side or surface Show the information on the surface of a side or card 100.In this way, from target simply amplify any application program (for example, The side of card 100, which is taken, is displayed on the form of amplification in the other side by the image of CCD), an a kind of bar code of language has With the conversion of information, in the monetary value of the different currency of a currency and the unit of fund, such as paper currency or coin, The conversion of its value (with conversion or other useful information) mark is to be possibly realized by double hardware of card 100 in this domain set Postal collects coin, rare collectibles, jewelry and has the small articles such as high value, card 100 can be used as a valuable tool with Identify object, and offer condition and Value Data immediately, or the object that storage user has been scanned is in case using in the future or evaluating.It indicates The article of magnetic ink can also be read, scan and authenticate by card 100 and with the connection of server 200.Data on magnetic ink It can be the forms such as text character, bar code, image.Card 100 also has the ability write on magnetic ink, and by carrying out with server Communication, the place owner can program for the server 200 in place be maintained at a specific product and suitably authorize with Access code as these code unique identifiers.Therefore, place has the only known its server oneself of creation unique The ability of identifier, and by the way that unique nonmagnetic identifier is added, such as stealthy optical imagery, for example, reflected Specific wavelength is forged this code and is become extremely difficult because fake producer do not know the specific identification label of duplication needed for layering Coding.

Card 100 and system 1 allow, and between the user and main ISP of each service (TOS), each TOS is by leading The different application developers of any agreement between the user that service supplier checks and approves and application developer must basis The filter access different with the limitation data of user setting to user, or allow the TOS based on set.In addition, application program Developer can give the display of the other elements of controlled access card 100 and card 100, and store data in main ISP Server on.The main services of its support card 100 will usually have the data at least limiting or unrestrictedly accessing user.So And any information or data that any entity is shared must be according to law, the clause of the application developer of service, and with The agreement of the terms of service of the user of service provider.The data of user are not limited to the internal affairs of card 100 and it, but It extends to all services to subscribe to the user that can be accessed by card 100, for example, user data can be minimum and there is no limit It means, credit card, airline, bank, insurance, manager and other accounts, again, with the limitation being set by the user.It can be with Find out, the available increase to otherwise private user data access of the developer of application, because user can be more willing to agree to Share their private data, institute is received for sharing this rank if they can see them.

Card 100 and system 1 allow a transaction to can be extensive extension, for example, the opening of an electronic lock, locking one A electronic lock starts a machine, shuts down one piece of machinery, one machine of inspection state and diagnosis, the video for accessing a theme Or video snap-shot information, meet with a people, purchase viewing exchange identity data, update social networks as user activity, volume Collect and delete the social networking activities of user.

Present invention acknowledges that being conceived to the local of e-commerce for distinguishing needs of the social e-commerce as oneself field Change, region and country (and international) aspect, because it is suitable for the owner and the development and application of card, this makes full use of this new Technology simultaneously requires industry to support this new technology.For purposes of this disclosure, it although being not limited to receipt purchase, is given at one The social activity of fixed length or time interval, such as one day is related to receipt purchase, such as food, the energy, fuel, transport and miscellaneous The buying of goods etc..User is allowed to obtain the better method of tangible and invisible commodity and service that access frequently uses, it can be with User is helped to save fund, and the consumption habit with their time and more " greens ".

The creation and development that card 100 and system 1 can promote the e-commerce of social networks to share an experience, wherein work as mould When formula occurs interested for social network user, according to what is developed by the positive feedback of developer and user guided development Algorithm shared information.

The embodiment of card 100 and system 1 allows to inhibit by all inquiries of priority user in the moment finally settled accounts, with It protects the right of user and protects the time of user.Example include: it is cash-free return, without contribution, It is not necessary to help, Return cash, contribution, help need the project of user to be loaded into their vehicle (or other helps).In all of these situations, Preference is provided for pre-processing these requests, therefore place can preferably service user, when they reach final cashier When.Even minor element, which has, in this way can indicate user by pre-processing and transmitting data for the enough cashes of user Mode close to detection or the next customer serviced covers.In this way, alarm is tried to be the first when withdrawing the money to have Enough cashes, table, returning certificate, preferential, someone help user and assist any equipment required for user, only lift several A example, all services keep the maintenance work in shopping experience and place more efficient, therefore, consistent with user's for place good The employee commented is happier.Further automation allows to pre-process in POS or fast automatic real-time processing, including discount coupon is automatic The automation application of returning is redeemed or purchases automatically, only instant transaction automatically processes the discount coupon of application (purchase), rainwater It checks, the requirement to extend warranty, the mode for automatically selecting each project of payment, captures maximum-discount, extra income, frequent flier Mileage or any other interests.The timely establishment and introduction of these different functions their each user of arrival in checkout Be conducive to the every other customer in meeting-place and keep the mobile expense for effectively reducing place with settlement process of line.Everyone Who has to wait for trading that they can reach the position of cashier for each side to participate in business and all that.

It should be understood that disclosed concept is not limited to a card, and the disclosed design on the surface of the card 100 On the surface of plate, laptop and the desktop computer that can move to and any other computer based system, It may include the applicability of the control system for vehicle, factory, Military Application etc..The shape of credit card is in card 100 An intrinsic double-sided display portion, changes how people interact with computer in design, and from the two sides of display unit, Card 100 is used as output simultaneously and interactively enters equipment.The design of card 100 should not mutually be obscured with touch screen technology, because it is tied The distinct methods for having closed detection, for close to screen object, although design can be with simulated touch screen, user is without touching screen Select and use virtual objects, tool or other virtual controllings.

One embodiment of card 100 can be made into net summation positive buoyancy, therefore, if instilling liquid, such as water, card 100 It will float.Waterproof construction is provided, under conditions of card 100 reliably can be brought into difficulty, while still reliably user being allowed to use It without the least hesitation or risk to its connection equipment or transaction.One user, for example, will avoid the computer of oneself or mobile phone is sudden and violent It is exposed in the rain, but the card waterproof in this embodiment.

Card 100 and system 1 provide a platform, in addition to it function and from digital network support and the network user It is countless, the owner that consensus data is given unique card 100 is provided and is enjoyed.Card 100 and the platform that it is supported Represent Application developer be absorbed in the hardware capability of card 100 can be with by software and network-based function card 100 The chance abundant that exploitation is more applied is obtained easily.All user data can be maintained as overall safety, in user The mode of displaying, can be shared benefited not by extraction automatically or the safety of safe handling influence specific user or identity All users, and primer (scheme) can be mixed, and provide the user with supermatic application journey enjoyed for user Sequence.It must must remember at any time, and by service, the hardware of network and card 100 provides the automation of high level, quilt It is considered the key set of many factors, this is involved in user to the receiving of card 100, frequency of use and enjoys.

Card 100 and system 1 can be moved to for other hardware and software features it is provided in this article have the function of its with The user of common existing convenient desktop, laptop provides more functions and the chance for being integrated into a platform, in maximum journey Hardware and software can carry on degree.Example range includes positioning and drawing from computer and remotely controlling for database, is connect Nearly relevant function of search, disaster alarm ability, the emulation of compass with positioning and mapping, household electrical appliances wireless control.

Card 100 and system 1 are expected at such system and further change as POS system, make it as card 100 Mode enters market, and the embedded system for forcing these previous sends variation.For example, when a customer makes a purchase, or leave POS can be carried out tracking when any object for needing to return.Then card 100 may remind the user that refers to when return is necessary and provides It leads, for example when and how goes to meeting-place, to save most time and fuel cost.

Card 100 allows to launch the component to miniaturization card 100 with system 1 and increases density, and the pixel of such as given CCD is close Degree, in the exemplary embodiment, the light emitting pixel detecting element 148 of the emerging technology as representated by light detection pixel element and/ Or LED pixel density, this is indicated by light emitting pixel element 107 in the exemplary embodiment, for example, to increase memory storage Capacity or processing capacity wait crucial evolution at one to reduce power consumption to generate certain specifically desired differentiation cards 100 Factor, the pixel density that card 100 can carry is far beyond normality, because user will no longer seek better photo, video is more preferable Service high definition media player and equipment.More precisely, such high density of pixel allows the side encrypted more preferably and more Method and all pixels of picture are not needed to transmit in data and be participated in and perhaps multidata safer transmission, if not all of can To send wooden horse signal to further increase safety.Only need most of data of the pixel transmission of an alignment and very The short time (in one second).Snap into the communication of card or be installed with device of the similar surface as card 100, will allow using Magnetism pixel 109 and 150, these higher and higher density of 107 sum aggregate light pixel 148 of light emitting pixel, even sense of hearing picture Element 111 and 113, with the encryption and data transmission between the increased complexity shaken hands, these equipment.

Exemplary embodiment described herein provides a kind of optical interface, pixel to pixel, for example, LED to CCD, instead , when card 100 is brought into close, or another equipment that card 100 is also provided with functionality disclosed herein.The interface provides From the safety for snapping into card or card and the height between a POS or other containers, such as an ID card reader, or it is used for The limitation access safety facility of personnel or the event of control item, such as football match.

The data transmission of card is snapped into, or snaps into the data of system or network (and system or network to card) transmit can be with Using card 100 optics and magnetic communication in terms of while, card 100. is in certain meaning in terms of the living things feature recognition that also makes full use of Said in justice, card 100 each stage used becomes portable memory sticks and living things feature recognition and data are transmitted one more The method of safety does not find traditional memory stick.Because card 100 can be held between thumb and index finger and index finger, because It can be carried out from any main surface of any card 100 for scanning, photoproduction can be described as by blocking 100 image biological statistical data Object feature identification, from multiple objects are more executed, for example, from the perspective view to a certain degree of three fingers and finger, very It is difficult to the forgery figure in terms of organism forgery or emulation.Retina scanning can be added, this requires user to protect in an identical manner It holds 100, but obtains from their eyes to retina scanning, thus the function of incorporation three fingers and eyes, and further The scanning for needing the eyes of two users, represent biological characteristic record rank, if for and when needed.It needs multiple Biometrics inputs to access function card 100, alternatively, the biological characteristic input needed is more in the environment of a multilevel security Big combination accesses network 210, can prevent the method that even organism is forged, and reduces any possible fraud and attempts to use It extorts at family.One user is being forced to use card 100, can be set in order using slightly different biological characteristic input combination A series of movement is set, including an internal algorithm carrys out analog network access difficulty, system access is difficult, and is expected it The problem of control of his user beyond card 100, form measures to stave off an attack, and silence sent to the relevant organ of location information Automatic help signal.

If it is liquid by chance around it that card 100, which is able to detect, such as lower section of card 100, because being floated in lake, it Can emit one be electronics searching signal and visible light signal, internal electric source may be kept simultaneously to a certain extent.Hair The internal analysis of the passable light of the frequency for the light penetrated determines, selects the frequency of light and can more be seen by people.Card 100 can also To wait until autumn at night and most possibly be found out by people using light, such as frequency in yellow colors frequency spectrum.With close to beacon light, Card 100 can be drawn in the search of search team or individual, them is allow easily to restore card 100.Proximity radio subsignal It can be weak signal, and the limitation of the range at it, but controlled in light emitting, such frequency band, which limits a searchers, to be made Be tuned to frequency device " seeing " card 100, even if when human eye cannot see that.

Card 100 can also include power distribution, battery, the magnetic assembly specific to radio influence, RFID, Network adaptation Device, Wi-Fi, bluetooth^TM, one or more processors, pixel, tactile or the low-frequency noise of memory, extreme angle LED and CCD The combination of element and other magnetic elements.Card 100 can also to neighbouring device, such as another card 100, line not with card 100 function interferes other magnetic and is intended for providing wireless power output as immobilization device, for stack cards 100 with Prepare the encryption and super safe data transmission of very high level.(mean that bending will not on VVLSI and degree flexible The circuit of injury card 100) electron surface production, these new characteristics will be suitble to will to improve various improvement in form factor and mix The manufacturing technology for entering VVLSI production technology and being used equally with the improvement in micromation and all over the world.Applicant is also anticipated that Following possibility, such as repeater network, mesh network, and the server of described device shell rather than only one are handled Device.As server, card 100 can set up ad hoc local network.Mesh network brings every card 100 and supports in other words A possibility that depressed place of card 100, from a card 100 to the region of next transmitting user data, as repeater, to reach One given place of reliable sources of network connection.In this way, although all data are kept according to encryption is lasting, To separate and only user be allowed to see his/her data, the ability for carrying out the coverage area of extended wireless network is to pass through this The enhancing and distribution policies of the mesh network structure of kind incorporation.Although this mesh network needs the most of user's of card 100 Cooperation, benefits the user access networks shape network of card 100, because in embodiment, the participation in mesh network is that have entirely or entirely The proposition of nothing；That is, only those potential websites that repeat that mesh network is added are allowed to use the mesh network.Mesh network There is elimination, if signal net can be likely to occur to the available position of sufficiently strong wireless signal close to knot by 100 enough users of card Structure and geological structures have significant potentiality.

In an exemplary embodiment, block 100, server 200, and value analytical unit 232 work together, to allow social quotient The various aspects of industry and e-commerce.Social e-commerce includes the shared information used between user, keeps place basic (brick and mortar) business efficiency is higher, and cost is lower.Social e-commerce is the same social business, suitable for being passed through by user Network exclusively carries out virtual trading or transaction.It gives one example, although profession and semi-professional e-commerce expert may make a living Development is found and user is connected to discount coupon, discount, purchases by group and the remuneration of other forms, the user sharing with card 100, These identical individuals further development plan can be used to obtain the article of relevant discount coupon etc., with it is most effective can be active Make, the position based on given user.The chance of user and the method for remuneration found and connected may include providing mapping this Ground place, but also may include the map in local place and position.Therefore, server 200 and value analytical unit 232 can be into one Walking developing intellectual resource algorithm allows user in all discount coupons etc., which finds scanning interested of trying to be the first, so that server can With development for user's shopping plan.User can also be scanned in actual article, or obtain bar code and be scanned from network, all Such as internet.Actual article, bar code, two dimensional code etc. can swipe the card 100 scannings from standard shows, and user can be again by 100 quilt of card Instruction is as where local acquisition project is once being travelled with alap cost, alternatively, if several strokes make cost It reduces, then the information is provided to user.This planning and mapping function may include demapping instruction from a point to another In place itself.When the movement of the discount coupon etc. in the scanning of user, scanning can be with Tell server 200 and value analytical unit 232 by the article that discount coupon is covered be for the interested project of user.Then system 1 can be searched including all discount coupons Deng, and the best mode of payment transaction is most cost-effective.After how many policy of place allows material object or other actual points of user's sale, Coupon redemption etc..Place, which also can have, provides a kind of be used in regular hour length price protection, intersection point sales tactics. Place can also reach an agreement with the owner of system 1 and card 100, to provide these safeguard measures, with the time of the user of card 100 The more preferable or longer time, because being beneficial and from the view of security come meeting-place from the angle of productivity with card 100.In this way, For each project, user has been scanned or has been scanned in a place and the vehicle for being placed on them, according to above-mentioned in discount coupon The condition of strategy, server 200 and value analytical unit 232 will continue to look for more discount coupons etc..With payment to strategy and association The method of the limitation of view.Wherein, if user forgets that finding certificate etc. and server 200 and value analytical unit 232 continues to look for These discount coupons etc., for allowing a time span by strategy and meeting-place agreement, these discount coupons etc. can be redeemed automatically, such as believe It borrows, the application of later period point of sale.When effective sale occurs, in related sale trigger the server 200 and value analytical unit 232 All items, start discount coupon etc. and payment device, can be applied to and be sold to fixed place policy and agreement Search after limitation transaction.If coupon redemption etc. is unacceptable excellent in the point of the marketing system of point of sale and a place Favour certificate etc..It is uploaded in a data, then each discount coupon etc. can be presented by blocking 100, by bar code or the mode of QR code to by scanning Point of sales system.If unacceptable discount coupon in place etc., at the practical moment of sale, but allow to apply certificate after trading in field Deng, and other payment devices in batch process, or handle one by one, because this is to be fully automated, do not need manually dry It in advance, is all behind the point of sale that can do.One benefit of card 100 and system 1 of the invention is simplified shopping, to the maximum extent by The user of benefit card 100, and reduce to the greatest extent to the hard-working of meeting-place, while also making other clients of shopping experience more preferably meeting-place (those in route wait below problematic user is herein).The method of social e-commerce and e-commerce, as these, Suitable for the user of card 100 and other consumers, who does not demonstrate,prove 100 and related meeting-place, it is found that the support of virus-type, Because everyone obtains a benefit, nobody is losing anything.

A part of the function of card 100 of the invention due to multiple sensors that card 100 includes in a compact structure, And it may include optics, the sense of hearing or sound and a multiple radio frequencies because card 100 includes multiple outputs, such as Wifi and RFID, card 100 become the compact interface for multiple systems.For example, intelligent room can depositing with contactless card 100 , and the historical pattern of the user by " study " card 100, by being default or activating lamp by user's regulation of card 100, heat, Air-conditioning, TV etc., or the user by cue card 100.In addition, when the user of card 100 withdraws from a room or house, room or Person house can adjust fan and environmental Kuznets Curves, open security system etc. by closing indicator light.

Card 100 can also provide the connection with the bigger database of the option of the user with card 100, and provide It can be improved weather forecast, traffic condition, and in view of network of multiple sensors potentially even crime finite data. Card 100 can identify road pattern with its GPS function and processor 110 by training together, when goal pace and practical speed Degree is different, and card 100 can report these information, other people is helped to identify and avoid potential congestion place.By analyzing from several hundred The input of card 100 is opened, government entity can more accurately find the place of accident.

In an exemplary embodiment, card 100 also neatly includes combining any additional sensor, or be attached to additional Sensor.For example, card 100 is combinable or may be coupled to carbon monoxide transducer, lambda sensor, ammoniacal sensor, chlorine sensing Device etc., to determine the safety of gaseous environment.It is normal that some sensors, which can permit the oxygen level in the blood of determining user, Or the case where being potentially dangerous, and the ability that there are emergency services to report this information automatically.If multiple use in card 100 Family is connected to a network, and periodically sends such information, and pollution, the position of pernicious gas etc. can pass through numerous use It is more limitedly mapped in the presence of family.In still further illustrative embodiments, its sensor can be used to measure for card 100 Atmospheric pressure and humidity can be sent to a tissue such as National Weather Service or local weather aggregate structure.? In another exemplary embodiment, card 100 may include radiation detector, allow to map the ability of radiation leakage or pollution.Again In one embodiment, card 100 may include for measuring pollution, detection cigarette etc..Particle in a further embodiment Measurement, card 100 may include semiconductor neutrino detector, further enhance that capture is this to seem the subatomic grain of unpredictable The ability of son.At each occurrence, the ability for being connected to local network for blocking 100 generates a large amount of data, can be used for analyzing, For example, pollution, fire, the position of rainfall and any other attribute detected by the sensor of card 100.

Although various embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, it should be understood that these embodiments are not limited to This.The embodiment can be applied by those skilled in the art's changes, modifications and further.Therefore, these embodiments are not limited to It in previously illustrated and the details, but also include all such changes and modifications.

Claims

1. a kind of communication equipment characterized by comprising

Outer surface；

Substrate with first side and second side；And

Multiple pixels of at least one side in the first side and the second side stack, the multiple pixel Each of stacking pixel stacking is included in the multiple pixel elements being overlapped on the direction perpendicular to the substrate, the multiple Pixel elements are inputted at least one including at least one output pixel member in pixel elements,

The output pixel member is configured to be transmitted through the output of outer surface on the direction far from substrate,

The input pixel elements are located between the output pixel member and the substrate and are configured to receive by outer surface simultaneously Across the input of at least one output pixel member.

2. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that further include a plurality of pin hole access, the outer surface is described more The outer surface that at least one pixel in a pixel stacking stacks, and each pin hole access in a plurality of pin hole access It is stacked in the opening for the outer surface that at least one pixel being formed in the multiple pixel stacking stacks and the multiple pixel In at least one pixel stack pixel elements between extend.

3. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that further include near-field communication equipment.

4. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that further include multiple pixel layers, and in the multiple pixel elements Each pixel elements be a pixel layer in the multiple pixel layer a part.

5. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that each of the multiple pixel stacking pixel stacks packet Include: output pixel member, the output pixel member have the output on the direction of the first side far from substrate；Or input pixel Member, wherein entirely having passed through what a pixel in the multiple pixel stacking stacked for the input for inputting pixel elements (808) Multiple pixel elements.

6. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that first group of multiple pixel, which stacks, is located at the first side, the Two groups of multiple pixels, which stack, is located at the second side, which further includes a plurality of pin hole access, and every pin hole access extends through The pixel crossed in first group of multiple pixels stacking stacks and passes through one in the multiple pixels stackings of second group of substrate arrival The pixel elements that pixel stacks.

7. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that at least one pixel in the multiple pixel stacking stacks packet Include the device at least one luminescent device and at least one light detection selected from following elements: light emitting pixel member, light detection Pixel elements, quantum entanglement device.

8. equipment as claimed in claim 7, which is characterized in that the light emitting pixel member is configured to transmit light in a first direction, And the light detection pixel elements are configured to receive light from second direction opposite to the first direction.

9. equipment as claimed in claim 7, which is characterized in that the light detection pixel elements are located at the light emitting pixel member and institute It states between substrate.

10. equipment as described in claim 1, which is characterized in that at least one described input pixel elements are the first input pixels Member and the second input pixel elements, the biology that the first input pixel elements are configured to receive the first kind sent by outer surface are defeated Enter, and the second input pixel elements are configured to be transmitted through the outer surface and described the in the biologicalinput of Second Type The biologicalinput of the Second Type different from the biologicalinput of the first kind is received after one input pixel elements.

11. equipment as claimed in claim 10, which is characterized in that the life of the biologicalinput of the first kind and the Second Type Object input matching and the first kind biologicalinput with the biologicalinput of the first kind it is received simultaneously any other Biologicalinput matching.

12. equipment as claimed in claim 10, which is characterized in that the biology of biologicalinput and Second Type to the first kind At least one of input analyze and relatively authenticate to user compared with the data for being stored in non-evanescent property memory, If user authentication failure, the equipment is locked and the life of the biologicalinput and Second Type of the first kind that finally receives At least one of object input is stored in non-evanescent property memory.

13. equipment as claimed in claim 10, which is characterized in that the biology of biologicalinput and Second Type to the first kind The data for being stored in non-evanescent property memory to authenticate to user and representing card or service are analyzed in input, this is recognized Card allows the access to card or service.

14. equipment as claimed in claim 13, which is characterized in that the service be based at least one user setting by with The predetermined automatic payment function in family.

15. equipment as claimed in claim 10, which is characterized in that by the biology of the biologicalinput of the first kind and Second Type Input is transmitted wirelessly to network, and is stored in the non-evanescent property memory of server connected to the network.